title.gif (7562 bytes)

Chapter I
Chapter II
Chapter III
Chapter IV
Chapter V
Chapter VI
Chapter VII
Chapter VIII
Chapter IX
Chapter X
Chapter XI
Chapter XII
Chapter XIII
Chapter XIV
Chapter XV
Chapter XVI
Chapter XVII
Chapter XVIII
Chapter XIX
Chapter XX
Chapter XXI
Chapter XXII
Chapter XXIII
Chapter XXIV
Chapter XXV
Chapter XXVI
Chapter XXVII
Chapter XXVIII
Chapter XXIX
Chapter XXX
Chapter XXXI
Chapter XXXII
Chapter XXXIII
Chapter XXXIV
Chapter XXXV

P R E F A C E

Most of the adventures recorded in this
book really occurred; one or two were
experiences of my own, the rest those of
boys who were schoolmates of mine. Huck
Finn is drawn from life; Tom Sawyer also,
but not from an individual he is a
combination of the characteristics of three
boys whom I knew, and therefore belongs
to the composite order of architecture.

The odd superstitions touched upon were
all prevalent among children and slaves in
the West at the period of this story that is to
say, thirty or forty years ago.

Although my book is intended mainly for the
entertainment of boys and girls, I hope it will
not be shunned by men and women on that
account, for part of my plan has been to try
to pleasantly remind adults of what they
once were themselves, and of how they felt
and thought and talked, and what queer
enterprises they sometimes engaged in.

The Author.

Hartford, 1876.

Chapter I

"Tom!"

No answer.

-1-

"Tom!"

No answer.

"What's gone with that boy, I wonder? You
Tom!"

No answer.

The old lady pulled her spectacles down
and looked over them about the room; then
she put them up and looked out under them.
She seldom or never looked through them
for so small a thing as a boy; they were her
state pair, the pride of her heart, and were
built for "style," not service she could have
seen through a pair of stove-lids just as
well. She looked perplexed for a moment,
and then said, not fiercely, but still loud
enough for the furniture to hear:

"Well, I lay if I get hold of you I'll --"

She did not finish, for by this time she was
bending down and punching under the bed
with the broom, and so she needed breath
to punctuate the punches with. She
resurrected nothing but the cat.

"I never did see the beat of that boy!"

She went to the open door and stood in it
and looked out among the tomato vines and
"jimpson" weeds that constituted the
garden. No Tom. So she lifted up her voice
at an angle calculated for distance and
shouted:

"Y-o-u-u Tom!"

There was a slight noise behind her and she
turned just in time to seize a small boy by
the slack of his roundabout and arrest his
flight.

"There! I might 'a' thought of that closet.

What you been doing in there?"

"Nothing."

"Nothing! Look at your hands. And look at
your mouth. What is that truck?"

"I don't know, aunt."

"Well, I know. It's jam that's what it is. Forty
times I've said if you didn't let that jam
alone I'd skin you. Hand me that switch."

The switch hovered in the air the peril was
desperate

"My! Look behind you, aunt!"

The old lady whirled round, and snatched
her skirts out of danger. The lad fled on the
instant, scrambled up the high board-
fence, and disappeared over it.

His aunt Polly stood surprised a moment,
and then broke into a gentle laugh.

"Hang the boy, can't I never learn anything?
Ain't he played me tricks enough like that for
me to be looking out for him by this time?
But old fools is the biggest fools there is.
Can't learn an old dog new tricks, as the
saying is. But my goodness, he never plays
them alike, two days, and how is a body to
know what's coming? He 'pears to know
just how long he can torment me before I
get my dander up, and he knows if he can
make out to put me off for a minute or make
me laugh, it's all down again and I can't hit
him a lick. I ain't doing my duty by that boy,
and that's the Lord's truth, goodness
knows. Spare the rod and spile the child, as
the Good Book says. I'm a laying up sin and
suffering for us both, I know. He's full of the
Old Scratch, but laws-a-me! he's my own
dead sister's boy, poor thing, and I ain't got
the heart to lash him, somehow. Every time I

-2-

let him off, my conscience does hurt me so,
and every time I hit him my old heart most
breaks. Well-a-well, man that is born of
woman is of few days and full of trouble, as
the Scripture says, and I reckon it's so. He'll
play hookey this evening [*], and I'll just be
obleeged to make him work, to-morrow, to
punish him. It's mighty hard to make him
work Saturdays, when all the boys is having
holiday, but he hates work more than he
hates anything else, and I've got to do some
of my duty by him, or I'll be the ruination of
the child."

Tom did play hookey, and he had a very
good time. He got back home barely in
season to help Jim, the small colored boy,
saw next-day's wood and split the kindlings
before supper at least he was there in time
to tell his adventures to Jim while Jim did
three-fourths of the work. Tom's younger
brother (or rather half-brother) Sid was
already through with his part of the work
(picking up chips), for he was a quiet boy,
and had no adventurous, troublesome
ways.

While Tom was eating his supper, and
stealing sugar as opportunity offered, Aunt
Polly asked him questions that were full of
guile, and very deep for she wanted to trap
him into damaging revealments. Like many
other simple-hearted souls, it was her pet
vanity to believe she was endowed with a
talent for dark and mysterious diplomacy,
and she loved to contemplate her most
transparent devices as marvels of low
cunning. Said she:

"Tom, it was middling warm in school,
warn't it?"

"Yes'm."

"Powerful warm, warn't it?"

"Yes'm."

"Didn't you want to go in a-swimming,
Tom?"

A bit of a scare shot through Tom a touch of
uncomfortable suspicion. He searched Aunt
Polly's face, but it told him nothing. So he
said:

"No'm well, not very much."

The old lady reached out her hand and felt
Tom's shirt, and said:

"But you ain't too warm now, though." And it
flattered her to reflect that she had
discovered that the shirt was dry without
anybody knowing that that was what she
had in her mind. But in spite of her, Tom
knew where the wind lay, now. So he
forestalled what might be the next move:

"Some of us pumped on our heads mine's
damp yet. See?"

Aunt Polly was vexed to think she had
overlooked that bit of circumstantial
evidence, and missed a trick. Then she had
a new inspiration:

"Tom, you didn't have to undo your shirt
collar where I sewed it, to pump on your
head, did you? Unbutton your jacket!"

The trouble vanished out of Tom's face. He
opened his jacket. His shirt collar was
securely sewed.

"Bother! Well, go 'long with you. I'd made
sure you'd played hookey and been a-
swimming. But I forgive ye, Tom. I reckon
you're a kind of a singed cat, as the saying
is better'n you look. This time."

She was half sorry her sagacity had

-3-

miscarried, and half glad that Tom had
stumbled into obedient conduct for once.

But Sidney said:

"Well, now, if I didn't think you sewed his
collar with white thread, but it's black."

"Why, I did sew it with white! Tom!"

But Tom did not wait for the rest. As he went
out at the door he said:

"Siddy, I'll lick you for that."

In a safe place Tom examined two large
needles which were thrust into the lapels of
his jacket, and had thread bound about
them one needle carried white thread and
the other black. He said:

"She'd never noticed if it hadn't been for
Sid. Confound it! sometimes she sews it
with white, and sometimes she sews it with
black. I wish to geeminy she'd stick to one
or t'other I can't keep the run of 'em. But I
bet you I'll lam Sid for that. I'll learn him!"

He was not the Model Boy of the village. He
knew the model boy very well though and
loathed him.

Within two minutes, or even less, he had
forgotten all his troubles. Not because his
troubles were one whit less heavy and bitter
to him than a man's are to a man, but
because a new and powerful interest bore
them down and drove them out of his mind
for the time just as men's misfortunes are
forgotten in the excitement of new
enterprises. This new interest was a valued
novelty in whistling, which he had just
acquired from a negro, and he was
suffering to practise it undisturbed. It
consisted in a peculiar bird-like turn, a sort
of liquid warble, produced by touching the

tongue to the roof of the mouth at short
intervals in the midst of the music the reader
probably remembers how to do it, if he has
ever been a boy. Diligence and attention
soon gave him the knack of it, and he strode
down the street with his mouth full of
harmony and his soul full of gratitude. He felt
much as an astronomer feels who has
discovered a new planet no doubt, as far as
strong, deep, unalloyed pleasure is
concerned, the advantage was with the
boy, not the astronomer.

The summer evenings were long. It was not
dark, yet. Presently Tom checked his
whistle. A stranger was before him a boy a
shade larger than himself. A new-comer of
any age or either sex was an impressive
curiosity in the poor little shabby village of
St. Petersburg. This boy was well dressed,
too well dressed on a week-day. This was
simply astounding. His cap was a dainty
thing, his closebuttoned blue cloth
roundabout was new and natty, and so
were his pantaloons. He had shoes on and
it was only Friday. He even wore a necktie,
a bright bit of ribbon. He had a citified air
about him that ate into Tom's vitals. The
more Tom stared at the splendid marvel, the
higher he turned up his nose at his finery
and the shabbier and shabbier his own
outfit seemed to him to grow. Neither boy
spoke. If one moved, the other moved but
only sidewise, in a circle; they kept face to
face and eye to eye all the time. Finally Tom
said:

"I can lick you!"

"I'd like to see you try it."

"Well, I can do it."

"No you can't, either."

"Yes I can."

-4-

"No you can't."

"I can."

"You can't."

"Can!"

"Can't!"

An uncomfortable pause. Then Tom said:

"What's your name?"

"'Tisn't any of your business, maybe."

"Well I 'low I'll make it my business."

"Well why don't you?"

"If you say much, I will."

"Much much much. There now."

"Oh, you think you're mighty smart, don't
you? I could lick you with one hand tied
behind me, if I wanted to."

"Well why don't you do it? You say you can
do it."

"Well I will, if you fool with me."

"Oh yes I've seen whole families in the
same fix."

"Smarty! You think you're some, now, don't
you? Oh, what a hat!"

"You can lump that hat if you don't like it. I
dare you to knock it off and anybody that'll
take a dare will suck eggs."

"You're a liar!"

"You're another."

"You're a fighting liar and dasn't take it up."

"Aw take a walk!"

"Say if you give me much more of your sass
I'll take and bounce a rock off'n your head."

"Oh, of course you will."

"Well I will."

"Well why don't you do it then? What do you
keep saying you will for? Why don't you do
it? It's because you're afraid."

"I ain't afraid."

"You are."

"I ain't."

"You are."

Another pause, and more eying and sidling
around each other. Presently they were
shoulder to shoulder. Tom said:

"Get away from here!"

"Go away yourself!"

"I won't."

"I won't either."

So they stood, each with a foot placed at an
angle as a brace, and both shoving with
might and main, and glowering at each
other with hate. But neither could get an
advantage. After struggling till both were hot
and flushed, each relaxed his strain with
watchful caution, and Tom said:

"You're a coward and a pup. I'll tell my big
brother on you, and he can thrash you with
his little finger, and I'll make him do it, too."

-5-

"What do I care for your big brother? I've got
a brother that's bigger than he is and what's
more, he can throw him over that fence,
too." [Both brothers were imaginary.]

"That's a lie."

"Your saying so don't make it so."

Tom drew a line in the dust with his big toe,
and said:

"I dare you to step over that, and I'll lick you
till you can't stand up. Anybody that'll take a
dare will steal sheep."

The new boy stepped over promptly, and
said:

"Now you said you'd do it, now let's see you
do it."

"Don't you crowd me now; you better look
out."

"Well, you said you'd do it why don't you do
it?"

"By jingo! for two cents I will do it."

The new boy took two broad coppers out of
his pocket and held them out with derision.
Tom struck them to the ground. In an instant
both boys were rolling and tumbling in the
dirt, gripped together like cats; and for the
space of a minute they tugged and tore at
each other's hair and clothes, punched and
scratched each other's nose, and covered
themselves with dust and glory. Presently
the confusion took form, and through the fog
of battle Tom appeared, seated astride the
new boy, and pounding him with his fists.
"Holler 'nuff!" said he.

The boy only struggled to free himself. He
was crying mainly from rage.

"Holler 'nuff!" and the pounding went on.

At last the stranger got out a smothered
"'Nuff!" and Tom let him up and said:

"Now that'll learn you. Better look out who
you're fooling with next time."

The new boy went off brushing the dust from
his clothes, sobbing, snuffling, and
occasionally looking back and shaking his
head and threatening what he would do to
Tom the "next time he caught him out." To
which Tom responded with jeers, and
started off in high feather, and as soon as
his back was turned the new boy snatched
up a stone, threw it and hit him between the
shoulders and then turned tail and ran like
an antelope. Tom chased the traitor home,
and thus found out where he lived. He then
held a position at the gate for some time,
daring the enemy to come outside, but the
enemy only made faces at him through the
window and declined. At last the enemy's
mother appeared, and called Tom a bad,
vicious, vulgar child, and ordered him away.
So he went away; but he said he "'lowed" to
"lay" for that boy.

He got home pretty late that night, and when
he climbed cautiously in at the window, he
uncovered an ambuscade, in the person of
his aunt; and when she saw the state his
clothes were in her resolution to turn his
Saturday holiday into captivity at hard labor
became adamantine in its firmness.

Chapter II

Saturday morning was come, and all the
summer world was bright and fresh, and
brimming with life. There was a song in
every heart; and if the heart was young the
music issued at the lips. There was cheer in
every face and a spring in every step. The
locust-trees were in bloom and the

-6-

fragrance of the blossoms filled the air.
Cardiff Hill, beyond the village and above it,
was green with vegetation and it lay just far
enough away to seem a Delectable Land,
dreamy, reposeful, and inviting.

Tom appeared on the sidewalk with a
bucket of whitewash and a long-handled
brush. He surveyed the fence, and all
gladness left him and a deep melancholy
settled down upon his spirit. Thirty yards of
board fence nine feet high. Life to him
seemed hollow, and existence but a
burden. Sighing, he dipped his brush and
passed it along the topmost plank;
repeated the operation; did it again;
compared the insignificant whitewashed
streak with the far-reaching continent of
unwhitewashed fence, and sat down on a
tree-box discouraged. Jim came skipping
out at the gate with a tin pail, and singing
Buffalo Gals. Bringing water from the town
pump had always been hateful work in
Tom's eyes, before, but now it did not strike
him so. He remembered that there was
company at the pump. White, mulatto, and
negro boys and girls were always there
waiting their turns, resting, trading
playthings, quarrelling, fighting, skylarking.
And he remembered that although the pump
was only a hundred and fifty yards off, Jim
never got back with a bucket of water under
an hour and even then somebody generally
had to go after him. Tom said:

"Say, Jim, I'll fetch the water if you'll
whitewash some."

Jim shook his head and said:

"Can't, Mars Tom. Ole missis, she tole me I
got to go an' git dis water an' not stop
foolin' roun' wid anybody. She say she
spec' Mars Tom gwine to ax me to
whitewash, an' so she tole me go 'long an'
'tend to my own business she 'lowed she'd

'tend to de whitewashin'."

"Oh, never you mind what she said, Jim.
That's the way she always talks. Gimme the
bucket I won't be gone only a a minute. She
won't ever know."

"Oh, I dasn't, Mars Tom. Ole missis she'd
take an' tar de head off'n me. 'Deed she
would."

"She! She never licks anybody whacks 'em
over the head with her thimble and who
cares for that, I'd like to know. She talks
awful, but talk don't hurt anyways it don't if
she don't cry. Jim, I'll give you a marvel. I'll
give you a white alley!"

Jim began to waver.

"White alley, Jim! And it's a bully taw."

"My! Dat's a mighty gay marvel, I tell you!
But Mars Tom I's powerful 'fraid ole missis -
-"

"And besides, if you will I'll show you my
sore toe."

Jim was only human this attraction was too
much for him. He put down his pail, took the
white alley, and bent over the toe with
absorbing interest while the bandage was
being unwound. In another moment he was
flying down the street with his pail and a
tingling rear, Tom was whitewashing with
vigor, and Aunt Polly was retiring from the
field with a slipper in her hand and triumph
in her eye.

But Tom's energy did not last. He began to
think of the fun he had planned for this day,
and his sorrows multiplied. Soon the free
boys would come tripping along on all sorts
of delicious expeditions, and they would
make a world of fun of him for having to

-7-

work the very thought of it burnt him like fire.
He got out his worldly wealth and examined
it bits of toys, marbles, and trash; enough to
buy an exchange of work, maybe, but not
half enough to buy so much as half an hour
of pure freedom. So he returned his
straitened means to his pocket, and gave
up the idea of trying to buy the boys. At this
dark and hopeless moment an inspiration
burst upon him! Nothing less than a great,
magnificent inspiration.

He took up his brush and went tranquilly to
work. Ben Rogers hove in sight presently
the very boy, of all boys, whose ridicule he
had been dreading. Ben's gait was the hop-
skip-and-jump proof enough that his heart
was light and his anticipations high. He was
eating an apple, and giving a long,
melodious whoop, at intervals, followed by
a deep-toned ding-dong-dong, ding-
dong-dong, for he was personating a
steamboat. As he drew near, he slackened
speed, took the middle of the street, leaned
far over to starboard and rounded to
ponderously and with laborious pomp and
circumstance for he was personating the
Big Missouri, and considered himself to be
drawing nine feet of water. He was boat
and captain and engine-bells combined, so
he had to imagine himself standing on his
own hurricane-deck giving the orders and
executing them:

"Stop her, sir! Ting-a-ling-ling!" The
headway ran almost out, and he drew up
slowly toward the sidewalk.

"Ship up to back! Ting-a-ling-ling!" His
arms straightened and stiffened down his
sides.

"Set her back on the stabboard! Ting-a-
ling-ling! Chow! ch-chow-wow! Chow!"
His right hand, meantime, describing
stately circles for it was representing a forty-

foot wheel.

"Let her go back on the labboard! Ting-a-
ling-ling! Chow-ch-chow-chow!" The left
hand began to describe circles.

"Stop the stabboard! Ting-a-ling-ling! Stop
the labboard! Come ahead on the
stabboard! Stop her! Let your outside turn
over slow! Ting-a-ling-ling! Chow-ow-ow!
Get out that head-line! Lively now! Come
out with your spring-line what're you about
there! Take a turn round that stump with the
bight of it! Stand by that stage, now let her
go! Done with the engines, sir! Ting-a-ling-
ling! Sh't! S'h't! Sh't!" (trying the gauge-
cocks).

Tom went on whitewashing paid no
attention to the steamboat. Ben stared a
moment and then said: "Hi-yi! You're up a
stump, ain't you!"

No answer. Tom surveyed his last touch
with the eye of an artist, then he gave his
brush another gentle sweep and surveyed
the result, as before. Ben ranged up
alongside of him. Tom's mouth watered for
the apple, but he stuck to his work. Ben
said:

"Hello, old chap, you got to work, hey?"

Tom wheeled suddenly and said:

"Why, it's you, Ben! I warn't noticing."

"Say I'm going in a-swimming, I am. Don't
you wish you could? But of course you'd
druther work wouldn't you? Course you
would!"

Tom contemplated the boy a bit, and said:

"What do you call work?"

-8-

"Why, ain't that work?"

Tom resumed his whitewashing, and
answered carelessly:

"Well, maybe it is, and maybe it ain't. All I
know, is, it suits Tom Sawyer."

"Oh come, now, you don't mean to let on
that you like it?"

The brush continued to move.

"Like it? Well, I don't see why I oughtn't to
like it. Does a boy get a chance to
whitewash a fence every day?"

That put the thing in a new light. Ben
stopped nibbling his apple. Tom swept his
brush daintily back and forth stepped back
to note the effect added a touch here and
there criticised the effect again Ben
watching every move and getting more and
more interested, more and more absorbed.
Presently he said:

"Say, Tom, let me whitewash a little."

Tom considered, was about to consent; but
he altered his mind:

"No no I reckon it wouldn't hardly do, Ben.
You see, Aunt Polly's awful particular about
this fence right here on the street, you know
but if it was the back fence I wouldn't mind
and she wouldn't. Yes, she's awful
particular about this fence; it's got to be
done very careful; I reckon there ain't one
boy in a thousand, maybe two thousand,
that can do it the way it's got to be done."

"No is that so? Oh come, now lemme just
try. Only just a little I'd let you, if you was me,
Tom."

"Ben, I'd like to, honest injun; but Aunt Polly

well, Jim wanted to do it, but she wouldn't
let him; Sid wanted to do it, and she
wouldn't let Sid. Now don't you see how I'm
fixed? If you was to tackle this fence and
anything was to happen to it --"

"Oh, shucks, I'll be just as careful. Now
lemme try. Say I'll give you the core of my
apple."

"Well, here No, Ben, now don't. I'm afeard --
"

"I'll give you all of it!"

Tom gave up the brush with reluctance in his
face, but alacrity in his heart. And while the
late steamer Big Missouri worked and
sweated in the sun, the retired artist sat on a
barrel in the shade close by, dangled his
legs, munched his apple, and planned the
slaughter of more innocents. There was no
lack of material; boys happened along
every little while; they came to jeer, but
remained to whitewash. By the time Ben
was fagged out, Tom had traded the next
chance to Billy Fisher for a kite, in good
repair; and when he played out, Johnny
Miller bought in for a dead rat and a string to
swing it with and so on, and so on, hour
after hour. And when the middle of the
afternoon came, from being a poor poverty-
stricken boy in the morning, Tom was
literally rolling in wealth. He had besides the
things before mentioned, twelve marbles,
part of a jews-harp, a piece of blue bottle-
glass to look through, a spool cannon, a key
that wouldn't unlock anything, a fragment of
chalk, a glass stopper of a decanter, a tin
soldier, a couple of tadpoles, six fire-
crackers, a kitten with only one eye, a brass
doorknob, a dog-collar but no dog the
handle of a knife, four pieces of orange-
peel, and a dilapidated old window sash.

He had had a nice, good, idle time all the

-9-

while plenty of company and the fence had
three coats of whitewash on it! If he hadn't
run out of whitewash he would have
bankrupted every boy in the village.

Tom said to himself that it was not such a
hollow world, after all. He had discovered a
great law of human action, without knowing
it namely, that in order to make a man or a
boy covet a thing, it is only necessary to
make the thing difficult to attain. If he had
been a great and wise philosopher, like the
writer of this book, he would now have
comprehended that Work consists of
whatever a body is obliged to do, and that
Play consists of whatever a body is not
obliged to do. And this would help him to
understand why constructing artificial
flowers or performing on a tread-mill is
work, while rolling ten-pins or climbing
Mont Blanc is only amusement. There are
wealthy gentlemen in England who drive
four-horse passenger-coaches twenty or
thirty miles on a daily line, in the summer,
because the privilege costs them
considerable money; but if they were
offered wages for the service, that would
turn it into work and then they would resign.

The boy mused awhile over the substantial
change which had taken place in his worldly
circumstances, and then wended toward
headquarters to report.

Chapter III

Tom presented himself before Aunt Polly,
who was sitting by an open window in a
pleasant rearward apartment, which was
bedroom, breakfast-room, dining-room,
and library, combined. The balmy summer
air, the restful quiet, the odor of the flowers,
and the drowsing murmur of the bees had
had their effect, and she was nodding over
her knitting for she had no company but the
cat, and it was asleep in her lap. Her

spectacles were propped up on her gray
head for safety. She had thought that of
course Tom had deserted long ago, and
she wondered at seeing him place himself
in her power again in this intrepid way. He
said: "Mayn't I go and play now, aunt?"

"What, a'ready? How much have you done?"

"It's all done, aunt."

"Tom, don't lie to me I can't bear it."

"I ain't, aunt; it is all done."

Aunt Polly placed small trust in such
evidence. She went out to see for herself;
and she would have been content to find
twenty per cent. of Tom's statement true.
When she found the entire fence
whitewashed, and not only whitewashed
but elaborately coated and recoated, and
even a streak added to the ground, her
astonishment was almost unspeakable.
She said:

"Well, I never! There's no getting round it,
you can work when you're a mind to, Tom."
And then she diluted the compliment by
adding, "But it's powerful seldom you're a
mind to, I'm bound to say. Well, go 'long and
play; but mind you get back some time in a
week, or I'll tan you."

She was so overcome by the splendor of
his achievement that she took him into the
closet and selected a choice apple and
delivered it to him, along with an improving
lecture upon the added value and flavor a
treat took to itself when it came without sin
through virtuous effort. And while she
closed with a happy Scriptural flourish, he
"hooked" a doughnut.

Then he skipped out, and saw Sid just
starting up the outside stairway that led to

-10-

the back rooms on the second floor. Clods
were handy and the air was full of them in a
twinkling. They raged around Sid like a hail-
storm; and before Aunt Polly could collect
her surprised faculties and sally to the
rescue, six or seven clods had taken
personal effect, and Tom was over the
fence and gone. There was a gate, but as a
general thing he was too crowded for time
to make use of it. His soul was at peace,
now that he had settled with Sid for calling
attention to his black thread and getting him
into trouble.

Tom skirted the block, and came round into
a muddy alley that led by the back of his
aunt's cowstable. He presently got safely
beyond the reach of capture and
punishment, and hastened toward the
public square of the village, where two
"military" companies of boys had met for
conflict, according to previous appointment.
Tom was General of one of these armies,
Joe Harper (a bosom friend) General of the
other. These two great commanders did not
condescend to fight in person that being
better suited to the still smaller fry but sat
together on an eminence and conducted the
field operations by orders delivered through
aides-de-camp. Tom's army won a great
victory, after a long and hard-fought battle.
Then the dead were counted, prisoners
exchanged, the terms of the next
disagreement agreed upon, and the day for
the necessary battle appointed; after which
the armies fell into line and marched away,
and Tom turned homeward alone.

As he was passing by the house where Jeff
Thatcher lived, he saw a new girl in the
garden a lovely little blue-eyed creature with
yellow hair plaited into two long-tails, white
summer frock and embroidered
pantalettes. The fresh-crowned hero fell
without firing a shot. A certain Amy
Lawrence vanished out of his heart and left

not even a memory of herself behind. He
had thought he loved her to distraction; he
had regarded his passion as adoration; and
behold it was only a poor little evanescent
partiality. He had been months winning her;
she had confessed hardly a week ago; he
had been the happiest and the proudest boy
in the world only seven short days, and here
in one instant of time she had gone out of
his heart like a casual stranger whose visit
is done.

He worshipped this new angel with furtive
eye, till he saw that she had discovered him;
then he pretended he did not know she was
present, and began to "show off" in all sorts
of absurd boyish ways, in order to win her
admiration. He kept up this grotesque
foolishness for some time; but by-and-by,
while he was in the midst of some
dangerous gymnastic performances, he
glanced aside and saw that the little girl was
wending her way toward the house. Tom
came up to the fence and leaned on it,
grieving, and hoping she would tarry yet
awhile longer. She halted a moment on the
steps and then moved toward the door. Tom
heaved a great sigh as she put her foot on
the threshold. But his face lit up, right away,
for she tossed a pansy over the fence a
moment before she disappeared.

The boy ran around and stopped within a
foot or two of the flower, and then shaded
his eyes with his hand and began to look
down street as if he had discovered
something of interest going on in that
direction. Presently he picked up a straw
and began trying to balance it on his nose,
with his head tilted far back; and as he
moved from side to side, in his efforts, he
edged nearer and nearer toward the pansy;
finally his bare foot rested upon it, his pliant
toes closed upon it, and he hopped away
with the treasure and disappeared round
the corner. But only for a minute only while

-11-

he could button the flower inside his jacket,
next his heart or next his stomach, possibly,
for he was not much posted in anatomy, and
not hypercritical, anyway.

He returned, now, and hung about the fence
till nightfall, "showing off," as before; but the
girl never exhibited herself again, though
Tom comforted himself a little with the hope
that she had been near some window,
meantime, and been aware of his
attentions. Finally he strode home
reluctantly, with his poor head full of visions.

All through supper his spirits were so high
that his aunt wondered "what had got into
the child." He took a good scolding about
clodding Sid, and did not seem to mind it in
the least. He tried to steal sugar under his
aunt's very nose, and got his knuckles
rapped for it. He said:

"Aunt, you don't whack Sid when he takes
it."

"Well, Sid don't torment a body the way you
do. You'd be always into that sugar if I
warn't watching you."

Presently she stepped into the kitchen, and
Sid, happy in his immunity, reached for the
sugar-bowl a sort of glorying over Tom
which was wellnigh unbearable. But Sid's
fingers slipped and the bowl dropped and
broke. Tom was in ecstasies. In such
ecstasies that he even controlled his tongue
and was silent. He said to himself that he
would not speak a word, even when his aunt
came in, but would sit perfectly still till she
asked who did the mischief; and then he
would tell, and there would be nothing so
good in the world as to see that pet model
"catch it." He was so brimful of exultation
that he could hardly hold himself when the
old lady came back and stood above the
wreck discharging lightnings of wrath from

over her spectacles. He said to himself,
"Now it's coming!" And the next instant he
was sprawling on the floor! The potent palm
was uplifted to strike again when Tom cried
out:

"Hold on, now, what 'er you belting me for?
Sid broke it!"

Aunt Polly paused, perplexed, and Tom
looked for healing pity. But when she got her
tongue again, she only said:

"Umf! Well, you didn't get a lick amiss, I
reckon. You been into some other
audacious mischief when I wasn't around,
like enough."

Then her conscience reproached her, and
she yearned to say something kind and
loving; but she judged that this would be
construed into a confession that she had
been in the wrong, and discipline forbade
that. So she kept silence, and went about
her affairs with a troubled heart. Tom sulked
in a corner and exalted his woes. He knew
that in her heart his aunt was on her knees to
him, and he was morosely gratified by the
consciousness of it. He would hang out no
signals, he would take notice of none. He
knew that a yearning glance fell upon him,
now and then, through a film of tears, but he
refused recognition of it. He pictured
himself lying sick unto death and his aunt
bending over him beseeching one little
forgiving word, but he would turn his face to
the wall, and die with that word unsaid. Ah,
how would she feel then? And he pictured
himself brought home from the river, dead,
with his curls all wet, and his sore heart at
rest. How she would throw herself upon
him, and how her tears would fall like rain,
and her lips pray God to give her back her
boy and she would never, never abuse him
any more! But he would lie there cold and
white and make no sign a poor little

-12-

sufferer, whose griefs were at an end. He
so worked upon his feelings with the pathos
of these dreams, that he had to keep
swallowing, he was so like to choke; and
his eyes swam in a blur of water, which
overflowed when he winked, and ran down
and trickled from the end of his nose. And
such a luxury to him was this petting of his
sorrows, that he could not bear to have any
worldly cheeriness or any grating delight
intrude upon it; it was too sacred for such
contact; and so, presently, when his cousin
Mary danced in, all alive with the joy of
seeing home again after an age-long visit
of one week to the country, he got up and
moved in clouds and darkness out at one
door as she brought song and sunshine in at
the other.

He wandered far from the accustomed
haunts of boys, and sought desolate places
that were in harmony with his spirit. A log
raft in the river invited him, and he seated
himself on its outer edge and contemplated
the dreary vastness of the stream, wishing,
the while, that he could only be drowned, all
at once and unconsciously, without
undergoing the uncomfortable routine
devised by nature. Then he thought of his
flower. He got it out, rumpled and wilted,
and it mightily increased his dismal felicity.
He wondered if she would pity him if she
knew? Would she cry, and wish that she had
a right to put her arms around his neck and
comfort him? Or would she turn coldly away
like all the hollow world? This picture
brought such an agony of pleasurable
suffering that he worked it over and over
again in his mind and set it up in new and
varied lights, till he wore it threadbare. At
last he rose up sighing and departed in the
darkness.

About half-past nine or ten o'clock he came
along the deserted street to where the
Adored Unknown lived; he paused a

moment; no sound fell upon his listening
ear; a candle was casting a dull glow upon
the curtain of a second-story window. Was
the sacred presence there? He climbed the
fence, threaded his stealthy way through the
plants, till he stood under that window; he
looked up at it long, and with emotion; then
he laid him down on the ground under it,
disposing himself upon his back, with his
hands clasped upon his breast and holding
his poor wilted flower. And thus he would
die out in the cold world, with no shelter over
his homeless head, no friendly hand to wipe
the death-damps from his brow, no loving
face to bend pityingly over him when the
great agony came. And thus she would see
him when she looked out upon the glad
morning, and oh! would she drop one little
tear upon his poor, lifeless form, would she
heave one little sigh to see a bright young
life so rudely blighted, so untimely cut
down?

The window went up, a maid-servant's
discordant voice profaned the holy calm,
and a deluge of water drenched the prone
martyr's remains!

The strangling hero sprang up with a
relieving snort. There was a whiz as of a
missile in the air, mingled with the murmur
of a curse, a sound as of shivering glass
followed, and a small, vague form went
over the fence and shot away in the gloom.

Not long after, as Tom, all undressed for
bed, was surveying his drenched garments
by the light of a tallow dip, Sid woke up; but
if he had any dim idea of making any
"references to allusions," he thought better
of it and held his peace, for there was
danger in Tom's eye.

Tom turned in without the added vexation of
prayers, and Sid made mental note of the
omission.

-13-

Chapter IV

The sun rose upon a tranquil world, and
beamed down upon the peaceful village like
a benediction. Breakfast over, Aunt Polly
had family worship: it began with a prayer
built from the ground up of solid courses of
Scriptural quotations, welded together with
a thin mortar of originality; and from the
summit of this she delivered a grim chapter
of the Mosaic Law, as from Sinai.

Then Tom girded up his loins, so to speak,
and went to work to "get his verses." Sid
had learned his lesson days before. Tom
bent all his energies to the memorizing of
five verses, and he chose part of the
Sermon on the Mount, because he could
find no verses that were shorter. At the end
of half an hour Tom had a vague general
idea of his lesson, but no more, for his mind
was traversing the whole field of human
thought, and his hands were busy with
distracting recreations. Mary took his book
to hear him recite, and he tried to find his
way through the fog:

"Blessed are the a a --"

"Poor"

"Yes poor; blessed are the poor a a --"

"In spirit --"

"In spirit; blessed are the poor in spirit, for
they they --"

"Theirs --"

"For theirs. Blessed are the poor in spirit,
for theirs is the kingdom of heaven. Blessed
are they that mourn, for they they --"

"Sh --"

"For they a --"

"S, H, A --"

"For they S, H Oh, I don't know what it is!"

"Shall!"

"Oh, shall! for they shall for they shall a a
shall mourn a a blessed are they that shall
they that a they that shall mourn, for they
shall a shall What? Why don't you tell me,
Mary? what do you want to be so mean
for?"

"Oh, Tom, you poor thick-headed thing, I'm
not teasing you. I wouldn't do that. You must
go and learn it again. Don't you be
discouraged, Tom, you'll manage it and if
you do, I'll give you something ever so nice.
There, now, that's a good boy."

"All right! What is it, Mary, tell me what it is."

"Never you mind, Tom. You know if I say it's
nice, it is nice."

"You bet you that's so, Mary. All right, I'll
tackle it again."

And he did "tackle it again" and under the
double pressure of curiosity and
prospective gain he did it with such spirit
that he accomplished a shining success.
Mary gave him a brand-new "Barlow" knife
worth twelve and a half cents; and the
convulsion of delight that swept his system
shook him to his foundations. True, the knife
would not cut anything, but it was a "sure-
enough" Barlow, and there was
inconceivable grandeur in that though
where the Western boys ever got the idea
that such a weapon could possibly be
counterfeited to its injury is an imposing
mystery and will always remain so,
perhaps. Tom contrived to scarify the

-14-

cupboard with it, and was arranging to
begin on the bureau, when he was called off
to dress for Sunday-school.

Mary gave him a tin basin of water and a
piece of soap, and he went outside the door
and set the basin on a little bench there; then
he dipped the soap in the water and laid it
down; turned up his sleeves; poured out the
water on the ground, gently, and then
entered the kitchen and began to wipe his
face diligently on the towel behind the door.
But Mary removed the towel and said:

"Now ain't you ashamed, Tom. You mustn't
be so bad. Water won't hurt you."

Tom was a trifle disconcerted. The basin
was refilled, and this time he stood over it a
little while, gathering resolution; took in a
big breath and began. When he entered the
kitchen presently, with both eyes shut and
groping for the towel with his hands, an
honorable testimony of suds and water was
dripping from his face. But when he
emerged from the towel, he was not yet
satisfactory, for the clean territory stopped
short at his chin and his jaws, like a mask;
below and beyond this line there was a dark
expanse of unirrigated soil that spread
downward in front and backward around his
neck. Mary took him in hand, and when she
was done with him he was a man and a
brother, without distinction of color, and his
saturated hair was neatly brushed, and its
short curls wrought into a dainty and
symmetrical general effect. [He privately
smoothed out the curls, with labor and
difficulty, and plastered his hair close down
to his head; for he held curls to be
effeminate, and his own filled his life with
bitterness.] Then Mary got out a suit of his
clothing that had been used only on
Sundays during two years they were simply
called his "other clothes" and so by that we
know the size of his wardrobe. The girl "put

him to rights" after he had dressed himself;
she buttoned his neat roundabout up to his
chin, turned his vast shirt collar down over
his shoulders, brushed him off and crowned
him with his speckled straw hat. He now
looked exceedingly improved and
uncomfortable. He was fully as
uncomfortable as he looked; for there was
a restraint about whole clothes and
cleanliness that galled him. He hoped that
Mary would forget his shoes, but the hope
was blighted; she coated them thoroughly
with tallow, as was the custom, and brought
them out. He lost his temper and said he
was always being made to do everything he
didn't want to do. But Mary said,
persuasively:

"Please, Tom that's a good boy."

So he got into the shoes snarling. Mary was
soon ready, and the three children set out
for Sunday-school a place that Tom hated
with his whole heart; but Sid and Mary were
fond of it.

Sabbath-school hours were from nine to
half-past ten; and then church service. Two
of the children always remained for the
sermon voluntarily, and the other always
remained too for stronger reasons. The
church's high-backed, uncushioned pews
would seat about three hundred persons;
the edifice was but a small, plain affair, with
a sort of pine board tree-box on top of it for
a steeple. At the door Tom dropped back a
step and accosted a Sunday-dressed
comrade:

"Say, Billy, got a yaller ticket?"

"Yes."

"What'll you take for her?"

"What'll you give?"

-15-

"Piece of lickrish and a fish-hook."

"Less see 'em."

Tom exhibited. They were satisfactory, and
the property changed hands. Then Tom
traded a couple of white alleys for three red
tickets, and some small trifle or other for a
couple of blue ones. He waylaid other boys
as they came, and went on buying tickets of
various colors ten or fifteen minutes longer.
He entered the church, now, with a swarm
of clean and noisy boys and girls,
proceeded to his seat and started a quarrel
with the first boy that came handy. The
teacher, a grave, elderly man, interfered;
then turned his back a moment and Tom
pulled a boy's hair in the next bench, and
was absorbed in his book when the boy
turned around; stuck a pin in another boy,
presently, in order to hear him say "Ouch!"
and got a new reprimand from his teacher.
Tom's whole class were of a pattern
restless, noisy, and troublesome. When they
came to recite their lessons, not one of
them knew his verses perfectly, but had to
be prompted all along. However, they
worried through, and each got his reward in
small blue tickets, each with a passage of
Scripture on it; each blue ticket was pay for
two verses of the recitation. Ten blue tickets
equalled a red one, and could be
exchanged for it; ten red tickets equalled a
yellow one; for ten yellow tickets the
superintendent gave a very plainly bound
Bible (worth forty cents in those easy times)
to the pupil. How many of my readers would
have the industry and application to
memorize two thousand verses, even for a
Dore Bible? And yet Mary had acquired two
Bibles in this way it was the patient work of
two years and a boy of German parentage
had won four or five. He once recited three
thousand verses without stopping; but the
strain upon his mental faculties was too
great, and he was little better than an idiot

from that day forth a grievous misfortune for
the school, for on great occasions, before
company, the superintendent (as Tom
expressed it) had always made this boy
come out and "spread himself." Only the
older pupils managed to keep their tickets
and stick to their tedious work long enough
to get a Bible, and so the delivery of one of
these prizes was a rare and noteworthy
circumstance; the successful pupil was so
great and conspicuous for that day that on
the spot every scholar's heart was fired with
a fresh ambition that often lasted a couple
of weeks. It is possible that Tom's mental
stomach had never really hungered for one
of those prizes, but unquestionably his
entire being had for many a day longed for
the glory and the eclat that came with it.

In due course the superintendent stood up in
front of the pulpit, with a closed hymn-book
in his hand and his forefinger inserted
between its leaves, and commanded
attention. When a Sunday-school
superintendent makes his customary little
speech, a hymn-book in the hand is as
necessary as is the inevitable sheet of
music in the hand of a singer who stands
forward on the platform and sings a solo at
a concert though why, is a mystery: for
neither the hymn-book nor the sheet of
music is ever referred to by the sufferer.
This superintendent was a slim creature of
thirty-five, with a sandy goatee and short
sandy hair; he wore a stiff standing-collar
whose upper edge almost reached his ears
and whose sharp points curved forward
abreast the corners of his mouth a fence
that compelled a straight lookout ahead,
and a turning of the whole body when a side
view was required; his chin was propped
on a spreading cravat which was as broad
and as long as a bank-note, and had
fringed ends; his boot toes were turned
sharply up, in the fashion of the day, like
sleigh-runners an effect patiently and

-16-

laboriously produced by the young men by
sitting with their toes pressed against a wall
for hours together. Mr. Walters was very
earnest of mien, and very sincere and
honest at heart; and he held sacred things
and places in such reverence, and so
separated them from worldly matters, that
unconsciously to himself his Sunday-school
voice had acquired a peculiar intonation
which was wholly absent on week-days. He
began after this fashion:

"Now, children, I want you all to sit up just as
straight and pretty as you can and give me
all your attention for a minute or two. There
that is it. That is the way good little boys and
girls should do. I see one little girl who is
looking out of the window I am afraid she
thinks I am out there somewhere perhaps
up in one of the trees making a speech to
the little birds. [Applausive titter.] I want to
tell you how good it makes me feel to see so
many bright, clean little faces assembled in
a place like this, learning to do right and be
good." And so forth and so on. It is not
necessary to set down the rest of the
oration. It was of a pattern which does not
vary, and so it is familiar to us all.

The latter third of the speech was marred by
the resumption of fights and other
recreations among certain of the bad boys,
and by fidgetings and whisperings that
extended far and wide, washing even to the
bases of isolated and incorruptible rocks
like Sid and Mary. But now every sound
ceased suddenly, with the subsidence of
Mr. Walters' voice, and the conclusion of the
speech was received with a burst of silent
gratitude.

A good part of the whispering had been
occasioned by an event which was more or
less rare the entrance of visitors: lawyer
Thatcher, accompanied by a very feeble
and aged man; a fine, portly, middle-aged

gentleman with iron-gray hair; and a
dignified lady who was doubtless the
latter's wife. The lady was leading a child.
Tom had been restless and full of chafings
and repinings; conscience-smitten, too he
could not meet Amy Lawrence's eye, he
could not brook her loving gaze. But when
he saw this small new-comer his soul was
all ablaze with bliss in a moment. The next
moment he was "showing off" with all his
might cuffing boys, pulling hair, making
faces in a word, using every art that
seemed likely to fascinate a girl and win her
applause. His exaltation had but one alloy
the memory of his humiliation in this angel's
garden and that record in sand was fast
washing out, under the waves of happiness
that were sweeping over it now.

The visitors were given the highest seat of
honor, and as soon as Mr. Walters' speech
was finished, he introduced them to the
school. The middle-aged man turned out to
be a prodigious personage no less a one
than the county judge altogether the most
august creation these children had ever
looked upon and they wondered what kind
of material he was made of and they half
wanted to hear him roar, and were half
afraid he might, too. He was from
Constantinople, twelve miles away so he
had travelled, and seen the world these very
eyes had looked upon the county court-
house which was said to have a tin roof. The
awe which these reflections inspired was
attested by the impressive silence and the
ranks of staring eyes. This was the great
Judge Thatcher, brother of their own lawyer.
Jeff Thatcher immediately went forward, to
be familiar with the great man and be
envied by the school. It would have been
music to his soul to hear the whisperings:

"Look at him, Jim! He's a going up there.
Say look! he's a going to shake hands with
him he is shaking hands with him! By jings,

-17-

don't you wish you was Jeff?"

Mr. Walters fell to "showing off," with all sorts
of official bustlings and activities, giving
orders, delivering judgments, discharging
directions here, there, everywhere that he
could find a target. The librarian "showed
off" running hither and thither with his arms
full of books and making a deal of the
splutter and fuss that insect authority
delights in. The young lady teachers
"showed off" bending sweetly over pupils
that were lately being boxed, lifting pretty
warning fingers at bad little boys and patting
good ones lovingly. The young gentlemen
teachers "showed off" with small scoldings
and other little displays of authority and fine
attention to discipline and most of the
teachers, of both sexes, found business up
at the library, by the pulpit; and it was
business that frequently had to be done over
again two or three times (with much
seeming vexation). The little girls "showed
off" in various ways, and the little boys
"showed off" with such diligence that the air
was thick with paper wads and the murmur
of scufflings. And above it all the great man
sat and beamed a majestic judicial smile
upon all the house, and warmed himself in
the sun of his own grandeur for he was
"showing off," too.

There was only one thing wanting to make
Mr. Walters' ecstasy complete, and that was
a chance to deliver a Bible-prize and exhibit
a prodigy. Several pupils had a few yellow
tickets, but none had enough he had been
around among the star pupils inquiring. He
would have given worlds, now, to have that
German lad back again with a sound mind.

And now at this moment, when hope was
dead, Tom Sawyer came forward with nine
yellow tickets, nine red tickets, and ten blue
ones, and demanded a Bible. This was a
thunderbolt out of a clear sky. Walters was

not expecting an application from this
source for the next ten years. But there was
no getting around it here were the certified
checks, and they were good for their face.
Tom was therefore elevated to a place with
the Judge and the other elect, and the great
news was announced from headquarters. It
was the most stunning surprise of the
decade, and so profound was the
sensation that it lifted the new hero up to the
judicial one's altitude, and the school had
two marvels to gaze upon in place of one.
The boys were all eaten up with envy but
those that suffered the bitterest pangs were
those who perceived too late that they
themselves had contributed to this hated
splendor by trading tickets to Tom for the
wealth he had amassed in selling
whitewashing privileges. These despised
themselves, as being the dupes of a wily
fraud, a guileful snake in the grass.

The prize was delivered to Tom with as
much effusion as the superintendent could
pump up under the circumstances; but it
lacked somewhat of the true gush, for the
poor fellow's instinct taught him that there
was a mystery here that could not well bear
the light, perhaps; it was simply
preposterous that this boy had warehoused
two thousand sheaves of Scriptural wisdom
on his premises a dozen would strain his
capacity, without a doubt.

Amy Lawrence was proud and glad, and
she tried to make Tom see it in her face but
he wouldn't look. She wondered; then she
was just a grain troubled; next a dim
suspicion came and went came again; she
watched; a furtive glance told her worlds
and then her heart broke, and she was
jealous, and angry, and the tears came and
she hated everybody. Tom most of all (she
thought).

Tom was introduced to the Judge; but his

-18-

tongue was tied, his breath would hardly
come, his heart quaked partly because of
the awful greatness of the man, but mainly
because he was her parent. He would have
liked to fall down and worship him, if it were
in the dark. The Judge put his hand on
Tom's head and called him a fine little man,
and asked him what his name was. The boy
stammered, gasped, and got it out:

"Tom."

"Oh, no, not Tom it is --"

"Thomas."

"Ah, that's it. I thought there was more to it,
maybe. That's very well. But you've another
one I daresay, and you'll tell it to me, won't
you?"

"Tell the gentleman your other name,
Thomas," said Walters, "and say sir. You
mustn't forget your manners."

"Thomas Sawyer sir."

"That's it! That's a good boy. Fine boy.
Fine, manly little fellow. Two thousand
verses is a great many very, very great
many. And you never can be sorry for the
trouble you took to learn them; for
knowledge is worth more than anything
there is in the world; it's what makes great
men and good men; you'll be a great man
and a good man yourself, some day,
Thomas, and then you'll look back and say,
It's all owing to the precious Sunday-school
privileges of my boyhood it's all owing to my
dear teachers that taught me to learn it's all
owing to the good superintendent, who
encouraged me, and watched over me, and
gave me a beautiful Bible a splendid
elegant Bible to keep and have it all for my
own, always it's all owing to right bringing
up! That is what you will say, Thomas and

you wouldn't take any money for those two
thousand verses no indeed you wouldn't.
And now you wouldn't mind telling me and
this lady some of the things you've learned
no, I know you wouldn't for we are proud of
little boys that learn. Now, no doubt you
know the names of all the twelve disciples.
Won't you tell us the names of the first two
that were appointed?"

Tom was tugging at a button-hole and
looking sheepish. He blushed, now, and his
eyes fell. Mr. Walters' heart sank within him.
He said to himself, it is not possible that the
boy can answer the simplest question why
did the Judge ask him? Yet he felt obliged to
speak up and say:

"Answer the gentleman, Thomas don't be
afraid."

Tom still hung fire.

"Now I know you'll tell me," said the lady.
"The names of the first two disciples were -
-"

"David and Goliah!"

Let us draw the curtain of charity over the
rest of the scene.

Chapter V

About half-past ten the cracked bell of the
small church began to ring, and presently
the people began to gather for the morning
sermon. The Sunday-school children
distributed themselves about the house and
occupied pews with their parents, so as to
be under supervision. Aunt Polly came, and
Tom and Sid and Mary sat with her Tom
being placed next the aisle, in order that he
might be as far away from the open window
and the seductive outside summer scenes
as possible. The crowd filed up the aisles:

-19-

the aged and needy postmaster, who had
seen better days; the mayor and his wife for
they had a mayor there, among other
unnecessaries; the justice of the peace; the
widow Douglass, fair, smart, and forty, a
generous, good-hearted soul and well-to-
do, her hill mansion the only palace in the
town, and the most hospitable and much the
most lavish in the matter of festivities that
St. Petersburg could boast; the bent and
venerable Major and Mrs. Ward; lawyer
Riverson, the new notable from a distance;
next the belle of the village, followed by a
troop of lawn-clad and ribbon-decked
young heart-breakers; then all the young
clerks in town in a body for they had stood in
the vestibule sucking their cane-heads, a
circling wall of oiled and simpering
admirers, till the last girl had run their
gantlet; and last of all came the Model Boy,
Willie Mufferson, taking as heedful care of
his mother as if she were cut glass. He
always brought his mother to church, and
was the pride of all the matrons. The boys all
hated him, he was so good. And besides,
he had been "thrown up to them" so much.
His white handkerchief was hanging out of
his pocket behind, as usual on Sundays
accidentally. Tom had no handkerchief, and
he looked upon boys who had as snobs.

The congregation being fully assembled,
now, the bell rang once more, to warn
laggards and stragglers, and then a solemn
hush fell upon the church which was only
broken by the tittering and whispering of the
choir in the gallery. The choir always tittered
and whispered all through service. There
was once a church choir that was not ill-
bred, but I have forgotten where it was,
now. It was a great many years ago, and I
can scarcely remember anything about it,
but I think it was in some foreign country.

The minister gave out the hymn, and read it
through with a relish, in a peculiar style

which was much admired in that part of the
country. His voice began on a medium key
and climbed steadily up till it reached a
certain point, where it bore with strong
emphasis upon the topmost word and then
plunged down as if from a spring-board:

Shall I be car-ri-ed toe the skies, on flow'ry
beds

of ease,

Whilst others fight to win the prize, and sail
thro' bloody seas?

He was regarded as a wonderful reader. At
church "sociables" he was always called
upon to read poetry; and when he was
through, the ladies would lift up their hands
and let them fall helplessly in their laps, and
"wall" their eyes, and shake their heads, as
much as to say, "Words cannot express it; it
is too beautiful, too beautiful for this mortal
earth."

After the hymn had been sung, the Rev. Mr.
Sprague turned himself into a bulletin-
board, and read off "notices" of meetings
and societies and things till it seemed that
the list would stretch out to the crack of
doom a queer custom which is still kept up
in America, even in cities, away here in this
age of abundant newspapers. Often, the
less there is to justify a traditional custom,
the harder it is to get rid of it.

And now the minister prayed. A good,
generous prayer it was, and went into
details: it pleaded for the church, and the
little children of the church; for the other
churches of the village; for the village itself;
for the county; for the State; for the State
officers; for the United States; for the
churches of the United States; for
Congress; for the President; for the officers
of the Government; for poor sailors, tossed

-20-

by stormy seas; for the oppressed millions
groaning under the heel of European
monarchies and Oriental despotisms; for
such as have the light and the good tidings,
and yet have not eyes to see nor ears to
hear withal; for the heathen in the far islands
of the sea; and closed with a supplication
that the words he was about to speak might
find grace and favor, and be as seed sown
in fertile ground, yielding in time a grateful
harvest of good. Amen.

There was a rustling of dresses, and the
standing congregation sat down. The boy
whose history this book relates did not
enjoy the prayer, he only endured it if he
even did that much. He was restive all
through it; he kept tally of the details of the
prayer, unconsciously for he was not
listening, but he knew the ground of old, and
the clergyman's regular route over it and
when a little trifle of new matter was
interlarded, his ear detected it and his
whole nature resented it; he considered
additions unfair, and scoundrelly. In the
midst of the prayer a fly had lit on the back of
the pew in front of him and tortured his spirit
by calmly rubbing its hands together,
embracing its head with its arms, and
polishing it so vigorously that it seemed to
almost part company with the body, and the
slender thread of a neck was exposed to
view; scraping its wings with its hind legs
and smoothing them to its body as if they
had been coat-tails; going through its whole
toilet as tranquilly as if it knew it was
perfectly safe. As indeed it was; for as
sorely as Tom's hands itched to grab for it
they did not dare he believed his soul would
be instantly destroyed if he did such a thing
while the prayer was going on. But with the
closing sentence his hand began to curve
and steal forward; and the instant the
"Amen" was out the fly was a prisoner of
war. His aunt detected the act and made
him let it go.

The minister gave out his text and droned
along monotonously through an argument
that was so prosy that many a head by and
by began to nod and yet it was an argument
that dealt in limitless fire and brimstone and
thinned the predestined elect down to a
company so small as to be hardly worth the
saving. Tom counted the pages of the
sermon; after church he always knew how
many pages there had been, but he seldom
knew anything else about the discourse.
However, this time he was really interested
for a little while. The minister made a grand
and moving picture of the assembling
together of the world's hosts at the
millennium when the lion and the lamb
should lie down together and a little child
should lead them. But the pathos, the
lesson, the moral of the great spectacle
were lost upon the boy; he only thought of
the conspicuousness of the principal
character before the on-looking nations; his
face lit with the thought, and he said to
himself that he wished he could be that
child, if it was a tame lion.

Now he lapsed into suffering again, as the
dry argument was resumed. Presently he
bethought him of a treasure he had and got
it out. It was a large black beetle with
formidable jaws a "pinchbug," he called it. It
was in a percussion-cap box. The first thing
the beetle did was to take him by the finger.
A natural fillip followed, the beetle went
floundering into the aisle and lit on its back,
and the hurt finger went into the boy's
mouth. The beetle lay there working its
helpless legs, unable to turn over. Tom eyed
it, and longed for it; but it was safe out of his
reach. Other people uninterested in the
sermon found relief in the beetle, and they
eyed it too. Presently a vagrant poodle dog
came idling along, sad at heart, lazy with the
summer softness and the quiet, weary of
captivity, sighing for change. He spied the
beetle; the drooping tail lifted and wagged.

-21-

He surveyed the prize; walked around it;
smelt at it from a safe distance; walked
around it again; grew bolder, and took a
closer smell; then lifted his lip and made a
gingerly snatch at it, just missing it; made
another, and another; began to enjoy the
diversion; subsided to his stomach with the
beetle between his paws, and continued his
experiments; grew weary at last, and then
indifferent and absent-minded. His head
nodded, and little by little his chin
descended and touched the enemy, who
seized it. There was a sharp yelp, a flirt of
the poodle's head, and the beetle fell a
couple of yards away, and lit on its back
once more. The neighboring spectators
shook with a gentle inward joy, several
faces went behind fans and handkerchiefs,
and Tom was entirely happy. The dog
looked foolish, and probably felt so; but
there was resentment in his heart, too, and
a craving for revenge. So he went to the
beetle and began a wary attack on it again;
jumping at it from every point of a circle,
lighting with his fore-paws within an inch of
the creature, making even closer snatches
at it with his teeth, and jerking his head till
his ears flapped again. But he grew tired
once more, after a while; tried to amuse
himself with a fly but found no relief;
followed an ant around, with his nose close
to the floor, and quickly wearied of that;
yawned, sighed, forgot the beetle entirely,
and sat down on it. Then there was a wild
yelp of agony and the poodle went sailing
up the aisle; the yelps continued, and so did
the dog; he crossed the house in front of the
altar; he flew down the other aisle; he
crossed before the doors; he clamored up
the home-stretch; his anguish grew with his
progress, till presently he was but a woolly
comet moving in its orbit with the gleam and
the speed of light. At last the frantic sufferer
sheered from its course, and sprang into its
master's lap; he flung it out of the window,
and the voice of distress quickly thinned

away and died in the distance.

By this time the whole church was red-
faced and suffocating with suppressed
laughter, and the sermon had come to a
dead standstill. The discourse was
resumed presently, but it went lame and
halting, all possibility of impressiveness
being at an end; for even the gravest
sentiments were constantly being received
with a smothered burst of unholy mirth,
under cover of some remote pew-back, as
if the poor parson had said a rarely
facetious thing. It was a genuine relief to the
whole congregation when the ordeal was
over and the benediction pronounced.

Tom Sawyer went home quite cheerful,
thinking to himself that there was some
satisfaction about divine service when there
was a bit of variety in it. He had but one
marring thought; he was willing that the dog
should play with his pinchbug, but he did not
think it was upright in him to carry it off.

Chapter VI

Monday morning found Tom Sawyer
miserable. Monday morning always found
him so because it began another week's
slow suffering in school. He generally
began that day with wishing he had had no
intervening holiday, it made the going into
captivity and fetters again so much more
odious.

Tom lay thinking. Presently it occurred to
him that he wished he was sick; then he
could stay home from school. Here was a
vague possibility. He canvassed his
system. No ailment was found, and he
investigated again. This time he thought he
could detect colicky symptoms, and he
began to encourage them with
considerable hope. But they soon grew
feeble, and presently died wholly away. He

-22-

reflected further. Suddenly he discovered
something. One of his upper front teeth was
loose. This was lucky; he was about to
begin to groan, as a "starter," as he called it,
when it occurred to him that if he came into
court with that argument, his aunt would pull
it out, and that would hurt. So he thought he
would hold the tooth in reserve for the
present, and seek further. Nothing offered
for some little time, and then he
remembered hearing the doctor tell about a
certain thing that laid up a patient for two or
three weeks and threatened to make him
lose a finger. So the boy eagerly drew his
sore toe from under the sheet and held it up
for inspection. But now he did not know the
necessary symptoms. However, it seemed
well worth while to chance it, so he fell to
groaning with considerable spirit.

But Sid slept on unconscious.

Tom groaned louder, and fancied that he
began to feel pain in the toe.

No result from Sid.

Tom was panting with his exertions by this
time. He took a rest and then swelled
himself up and fetched a succession of
admirable groans.

Sid snored on.

Tom was aggravated. He said, "Sid, Sid!"
and shook him. This course worked well,
and Tom began to groan again. Sid
yawned, stretched, then brought himself up
on his elbow with a snort, and began to
stare at Tom. Tom went on groaning. Sid
said:

"Tom! Say, Tom!" [No response.] "Here,
Tom! Tom! What is the matter, Tom?" And
he shook him and looked in his face
anxiously.

Tom moaned out:

"Oh, don't, Sid. Don't joggle me."

"Why, what's the matter, Tom? I must call
auntie."

"No never mind. It'll be over by and by,
maybe. Don't call anybody."

"But I must! Don't groan so, Tom, it's awful.
How long you been this way?"

"Hours. Ouch! Oh, don't stir so, Sid, you'll
kill me."

"Tom, why didn't you wake me sooner ? Oh,
Tom, Don't! It makes my flesh crawl to hear
you. Tom, what is the matter?"

"I forgive you everything, Sid. [Groan.]
Everything you've ever done to me. When
I'm gone --"

"Oh, Tom, you ain't dying, are you? Don't,
Tom oh, don't. Maybe --"

"I forgive everybody, Sid. [Groan.] Tell 'em
so, Sid. And Sid, you give my window-sash
and my cat with one eye to that new girl
that's come to town, and tell her --"

But Sid had snatched his clothes and gone.
Tom was suffering in reality, now, so
handsomely was his imagination working,
and so his groans had gathered quite a
genuine tone.

Sid flew down-stairs and said:

"Oh, Aunt Polly, come! Tom's dying!"

"Dying!"

"Yes'm. Don't wait come quick!"

-23-

"Rubbage! I don't believe it!"

But she fled up-stairs, nevertheless, with
Sid and Mary at her heels. And her face
grew white, too, and her lip trembled. When
she reached the bedside she gasped out:

"You, Tom! Tom, what's the matter with
you?"

"Oh, auntie, I'm --"

"What's the matter with you what is the
matter with you, child?"

"Oh, auntie, my sore toe's mortified!"

The old lady sank down into a chair and
laughed a little, then cried a little, then did
both together. This restored her and she
said:

"Tom, what a turn you did give me. Now you
shut up that nonsense and climb out of this."

The groans ceased and the pain vanished
from the toe. The boy felt a little foolish, and
he said:

"Aunt Polly, it seemed mortified, and it hurt
so I never minded my tooth at all."

"Your tooth, indeed! What's the matter with
your tooth?"

"One of them's loose, and it aches perfectly
awful."

"There, there, now, don't begin that
groaning again. Open your mouth. Well your
tooth is loose, but you're not going to die
about that. Mary, get me a silk thread, and a
chunk of fire out of the kitchen."

Tom said:

"Oh, please, auntie, don't pull it out. It don't
hurt any more. I wish I may never stir if it
does. Please don't, auntie. I don't want to
stay home from school."

"Oh, you don't, don't you? So all this row
was because you thought you'd get to stay
home from school and go a-fishing? Tom,
Tom, I love you so, and you seem to try
every way you can to break my old heart
with your outrageousness." By this time the
dental instruments were ready. The old lady
made one end of the silk thread fast to
Tom's tooth with a loop and tied the other to
the bedpost. Then she seized the chunk of
fire and suddenly thrust it almost into the
boy's face. The tooth hung dangling by the
bedpost, now.

But all trials bring their compensations. As
Tom wended to school after breakfast, he
was the envy of every boy he met because
the gap in his upper row of teeth enabled
him to expectorate in a new and admirable
way. He gathered quite a following of lads
interested in the exhibition; and one that had
cut his finger and had been a centre of
fascination and homage up to this time,
now found himself suddenly without an
adherent, and shorn of his glory. His heart
was heavy, and he said with a disdain
which he did not feel that it wasn't anything
to spit like Tom Sawyer; but another boy
said, "Sour grapes!" and he wandered
away a dismantled hero.

Shortly Tom came upon the juvenile pariah
of the village, Huckleberry Finn, son of the
town drunkard. Huckleberry was cordially
hated and dreaded by all the mothers of the
town, because he was idle and lawless and
vulgar and bad and because all their
children admired him so, and delighted in
his forbidden society, and wished they
dared to be like him. Tom was like the rest
of the respectable boys, in that he envied

-24-

Huckleberry his gaudy outcast condition,
and was under strict orders not to play with
him. So he played with him every time he
got a chance. Huckleberry was always
dressed in the cast-off clothes of full-grown
men, and they were in perennial bloom and
fluttering with rags. His hat was a vast ruin
with a wide crescent lopped out of its brim;
his coat, when he wore one, hung nearly to
his heels and had the rearward buttons far
down the back; but one suspender
supported his trousers; the seat of the
trousers bagged low and contained
nothing, the fringed legs dragged in the dirt
when not rolled up.

Huckleberry came and went, at his own free
will. He slept on doorsteps in fine weather
and in empty hogsheads in wet; he did not
have to go to school or to church, or call any
being master or obey anybody; he could go
fishing or swimming when and where he
chose, and stay as long as it suited him;
nobody forbade him to fight; he could sit up
as late as he pleased; he was always the
first boy that went barefoot in the spring and
the last to resume leather in the fall; he never
had to wash, nor put on clean clothes; he
could swear wonderfully. In a word,
everything that goes to make life precious
that boy had. So thought every harassed,
hampered, respectable boy in St.
Petersburg.

Tom hailed the romantic outcast:

"Hello, Huckleberry!"

"Hello yourself, and see how you like it."

"What's that you got?"

"Dead cat."

"Lemme see him, Huck. My, he's pretty stiff.
Where'd you get him ?"

"Bought him off'n a boy."

"What did you give?"

"I give a blue ticket and a bladder that I got at
the slaughter-house."

"Where'd you get the blue ticket?"

"Bought it off'n Ben Rogers two weeks ago
for a hoop-stick."

"Say what is dead cats good for, Huck?"

"Good for? Cure warts with."

"No! Is that so? I know something that's
better."

"I bet you don't. What is it?"

"Why, spunk-water."

"Spunk-water! I wouldn't give a dern for
spunk-water."

"You wouldn't, wouldn't you? D'you ever try
it?"

"No, I hain't. But Bob Tanner did."

"Who told you so!"

"Why, he told Jeff Thatcher, and Jeff told
Johnny Baker, and Johnny told Jim Hollis,
and Jim told Ben Rogers, and Ben told a
nigger, and the nigger told me. There now!"

"Well, what of it? They'll all lie. Leastways all
but the nigger. I don't know him. But I never
see a nigger that wouldn't lie. Shucks! Now
you tell me how Bob Tanner done it, Huck."

"Why, he took and dipped his hand in a
rotten stump where the rain-water was."

-25-

"In the daytime?"

"Certainly."

"With his face to the stump?"

"Yes. Least I reckon so."

"Did he say anything?"

"I don't reckon he did. I don't know."

"Aha! Talk about trying to cure warts with
spunk-water such a blame fool way as that!
Why, that ain't a-going to do any good. You
got to go all by yourself, to the middle of the
woods, where you know there's a spunk-
water stump, and just as it's midnight you
back up against the stump and jam your
hand in and say:


'Barley-corn, barley-corn, injun-meal
shorts,
Spunk-water, spunk-water, swaller these
warts,'

and then walk away quick, eleven steps,
with your eyes shut, and then turn around
three times and walk home without
speaking to anybody. Because if you speak
the charm's busted."

"Well, that sounds like a good way; but that
ain't the way Bob Tanner done."

"No, sir, you can bet he didn't, becuz he's
the wartiest boy in this town; and he
wouldn't have a wart on him if he'd knowed
how to work spunk-water. I've took off
thousands of warts off of my hands that
way, Huck. I play with frogs so much that I've
always got considerable many warts.
Sometimes I take 'em off with a bean."

"Yes, bean's good. I've done that."

"Have you? What's your way?"

"You take and split the bean, and cut the
wart so as to get some blood, and then you
put the blood on one piece of the bean and
take and dig a hole and bury it 'bout
midnight at the crossroads in the dark of the
moon, and then you burn up the rest of the
bean. You see that piece that's got the
blood on it will keep drawing and drawing,
trying to fetch the other piece to it, and so
that helps the blood to draw the wart, and
pretty soon off she comes."

"Yes, that's it, Huck that's it; though when
you're burying it if you say 'Down bean; off
wart; come no more to bother me!' it's
better. That's the way Joe Harper does, and
he's been nearly to Coonville and most
everywheres. But say how do you cure 'em
with dead cats?"

"Why, you take your cat and go and get in the
graveyard 'long about midnight when
somebody that was wicked has been
buried; and when it's midnight a devil will
come, or maybe two or three, but you can't
see 'em, you can only hear something like
the wind, or maybe hear 'em talk; and when
they're taking that feller away, you heave
your cat after 'em and say, 'Devil follow
corpse, cat follow devil, warts follow cat,
I'm done with ye!' That'll fetch any wart."

"Sounds right. D'you ever try it, Huck?"

"No, but old Mother Hopkins told me."

"Well, I reckon it's so, then. Becuz they say
she's a witch."

"Say! Why, Tom, I know she is. She witched
pap. Pap says so his own self. He come
along one day, and he see she was a-
witching him, so he took up a rock, and if
she hadn't dodged, he'd a got her. Well, that

-26-

very night he rolled off'n a shed wher' he
was a layin drunk, and broke his arm."

"Why, that's awful. How did he know she
was a-witching him?"

"Lord, pap can tell, easy. Pap says when
they keep looking at you right stiddy, they're
a-witching you. Specially if they mumble.
Becuz when they mumble they're saying the
Lord's Prayer backards."

"Say, Hucky, when you going to try the cat?"

"To-night. I reckon they'll come after old
Hoss Williams to-night."

"But they buried him Saturday. Didn't they
get him Saturday night?"

"Why, how you talk! How could their charms
work till midnight? and then it's Sunday.
Devils don't slosh around much of a
Sunday, I don't reckon."

"I never thought of that. That's so. Lemme
go with you?"

"Of course if you ain't afeard."

"Afeard! 'Tain't likely. Will you meow?"

"Yes and you meow back, if you get a
chance. Last time, you kep' me a-meowing
around till old Hays went to throwing rocks
at me and says 'Dern that cat!' and so I hove
a brick through his window but don't you
tell."

"I won't. I couldn't meow that night, becuz
auntie was watching me, but I'll meow this
time. Say what's that?"

"Nothing but a tick."

"Where'd you get him?"

"Out in the woods."

"What'll you take for him?"

"I don't know. I don't want to sell him."

"All right. It's a mighty small tick, anyway."

"Oh, anybody can run a tick down that don't
belong to them. I'm satisfied with it. It's a
good enough tick for me."

"Sho, there's ticks a plenty. I could have a
thousand of 'em if I wanted to."

"Well, why don't you? Becuz you know
mighty well you can't. This is a pretty early
tick, I reckon. It's the first one I've seen this
year."

"Say, Huck I'll give you my tooth for him."

"Less see it."

Tom got out a bit of paper and carefully
unrolled it. Huckleberry viewed it wistfully.
The temptation was very strong. At last he
said:

"Is it genuwyne?"

Tom lifted his lip and showed the vacancy.

"Well, all right," said Huckleberry, "it's a
trade."

Tom enclosed the tick in the percussion-
cap box that had lately been the pinchbug's
prison, and the boys separated, each
feeling wealthier than before.

When Tom reached the little isolated frame
schoolhouse, he strode in briskly, with the
manner of one who had come with all
honest speed. He hung his hat on a peg and
flung himself into his seat with business-

-27-

like alacrity. The master, throned on high in
his great splint-bottom arm-chair, was
dozing, lulled by the drowsy hum of study.
The interruption roused him.

"Thomas Sawyer!"

Tom knew that when his name was
pronounced in full, it meant trouble.

"Sir!"

"Come up here. Now, sir, why are you late
again, as usual?"

Tom was about to take refuge in a lie, when
he saw two long tails of yellow hair hanging
down a back that he recognized by the
electric sympathy of love; and by that form
was the only vacant place on the girls' side
of the school-house. He instantly said:

"I stopped to talk with Huckleberry Finn!"

The master's pulse stood still, and he
stared helplessly. The buzz of study ceased.
The pupils wondered if this foolhardy boy
had lost his mind. The master said:

"You you did what?"

"Stopped to talk with Huckleberry Finn."

There was no mistaking the words.

"Thomas Sawyer, this is the most
astounding confession I have ever listened
to. No mere ferule will answer for this
offence. Take off your jacket."

The master's arm performed until it was
tired and the stock of switches notably
diminished. Then the order followed:

"Now, sir, go and sit with the girls! And let
this be a warning to you."

The titter that rippled around the room
appeared to abash the boy, but in reality
that result was caused rather more by his
worshipful awe of his unknown idol and the
dread pleasure that lay in his high good
fortune. He sat down upon the end of the
pine bench and the girl hitched herself away
from him with a toss of her head. Nudges
and winks and whispers traversed the
room, but Tom sat still, with his arms upon
the long, low desk before him, and seemed
to study his book.

By and by attention ceased from him, and
the accustomed school murmur rose upon
the dull air once more. Presently the boy
began to steal furtive glances at the girl. She
observed it, "made a mouth" at him and
gave him the back of her head for the space
of a minute. When she cautiously faced
around again, a peach lay before her. She
thrust it away. Tom gently put it back. She
thrust it away again, but with less animosity.
Tom patiently returned it to its place. Then
she let it remain. Tom scrawled on his slate,
"Please take it I got more." The girl glanced
at the words, but made no sign. Now the
boy began to draw something on the slate,
hiding his work with his left hand. For a time
the girl refused to notice; but her human
curiosity presently began to manifest itself
by hardly perceptible signs. The boy worked
on, apparently unconscious. The girl made
a sort of noncommittal attempt to see, but
the boy did not betray that he was aware of
it. At last she gave in and hesitatingly
whispered:

"Let me see it."

Tom partly uncovered a dismal caricature of
a house with two gable ends to it and a
corkscrew of smoke issuing from the
chimney. Then the girl's interest began to
fasten itself upon the work and she forgot
everything else. When it was finished, she

-28-

gazed a moment, then whispered:

"It's nice make a man."

The artist erected a man in the front yard,
that resembled a derrick. He could have
stepped over the house; but the girl was not
hypercritical; she was satisfied with the
monster, and whispered:

"It's a beautiful man now make me coming
along."

Tom drew an hour-glass with a full moon
and straw limbs to it and armed the
spreading fingers with a portentous fan.
The girl said:

"It's ever so nice I wish I could draw."

"It's easy," whispered Tom, "I'll learn you."

"Oh, will you? When?"

"At noon. Do you go home to dinner?"

"I'll stay if you will."

"Good that's a whack. What's your name?"

"Becky Thatcher. What's yours? Oh, I know.
It's Thomas Sawyer."

"That's the name they lick me by. I'm Tom
when I'm good. You call me Tom, will you?"

"Yes."

Now Tom began to scrawl something on the
slate, hiding the words from the girl. But she
was not backward this time. She begged to
see. Tom said:

"Oh, it ain't anything."

"Yes it is."

"No it ain't. You don't want to see."

"Yes I do, indeed I do. Please let me."

"You'll tell."

"No I won't deed and deed and double deed
won't."

"You won't tell anybody at all? Ever, as long
as you live?"

"No, I won't ever tell anybody. Now let me."

"Oh, you don't want to see!"

"Now that you treat me so, I will see." And
she put her small hand upon his and a little
scuffle ensued, Tom pretending to resist in
earnest but letting his hand slip by degrees
till these words were revealed: "I love You."

"Oh, you bad thing!" And she hit his hand a
smart rap, but reddened and looked
pleased, nevertheless.

Just at this juncture the boy felt a slow,
fateful grip closing on his ear, and a steady
lifting impulse. In that vise he was borne
across the house and deposited in his own
seat, under a peppering fire of giggles from
the whole school. Then the master stood
over him during a few awful moments, and
finally moved away to his throne without
saying a word. But although Tom's ear
tingled, his heart was jubilant.

As the school quieted down Tom made an
honest effort to study, but the turmoil within
him was too great. In turn he took his place
in the reading class and made a botch of it;
then in the geography class and turned
lakes into mountains, mountains into rivers,
and rivers into continents, till chaos was
come again; then in the spelling class, and
got "turned down," by a succession of mere

-29-

baby words, till he brought up at the foot and
yielded up the pewter medal which he had
worn with ostentation for months.

Chapter VII

The harder Tom tried to fasten his mind on
his book, the more his ideas wandered. So
at last, with a sigh and a yawn, he gave it up.
It seemed to him that the noon recess would
never come. The air was utterly dead. There
was not a breath stirring. It was the
sleepiest of sleepy days. The drowsing
murmur of the five and twenty studying
scholars soothed the soul like the spell that
is in the murmur of bees. Away off in the
flaming sunshine, Cardiff Hill lifted its soft
green sides through a shimmering veil of
heat, tinted with the purple of distance; a
few birds floated on lazy wing high in the air;
no other living thing was visible but some
cows, and they were asleep. Tom's heart
ached to be free, or else to have something
of interest to do to pass the dreary time. His
hand wandered into his pocket and his face
lit up with a glow of gratitude that was
prayer, though he did not know it. Then
furtively the percussion-cap box came out.
He released the tick and put him on the long
flat desk. The creature probably glowed
with a gratitude that amounted to prayer,
too, at this moment, but it was premature:
for when he started thankfully to travel off,
Tom turned him aside with a pin and made
him take a new direction.

Tom's bosom friend sat next him, suffering
just as Tom had been, and now he was
deeply and gratefully interested in this
entertainment in an instant. This bosom
friend was Joe Harper. The two boys were
sworn friends all the week, and embattled
enemies on Saturdays. Joe took a pin out of
his lapel and began to assist in exercising
the prisoner. The sport grew in interest
momently. Soon Tom said that they were

interfering with each other, and neither
getting the fullest benefit of the tick. So he
put Joe's slate on the desk and drew a line
down the middle of it from top to bottom.

"Now," said he, "as long as he is on your
side you can stir him up and I'll let him alone;
but if you let him get away and get on my
side, you're to leave him alone as long as I
can keep him from crossing over."

"All right, go ahead; start him up."

The tick escaped from Tom, presently, and
crossed the equator. Joe harassed him
awhile, and then he got away and crossed
back again. This change of base occurred
often. While one boy was worrying the tick
with absorbing interest, the other would
look on with interest as strong, the two
heads bowed together over the slate, and
the two souls dead to all things else. At last
luck seemed to settle and abide with Joe.
The tick tried this, that, and the other
course, and got as excited and as anxious
as the boys themselves, but time and again
just as he would have victory in his very
grasp, so to speak, and Tom's fingers
would be twitching to begin, Joe's pin
would deftly head him off, and keep
possession. At last Tom could stand it no
longer. The temptation was too strong. So
he reached out and lent a hand with his pin.
Joe was angry in a moment. Said he:

"Tom, you let him alone."

"I only just want to stir him up a little, Joe."

"No, sir, it ain't fair; you just let him alone."

"Blame it, I ain't going to stir him much."

"Let him alone, I tell you."

"I won't!"

-30-

"You shall he's on my side of the line."

"Look here, Joe Harper, whose is that tick?"

"I don't care whose tick he is he's on my
side of the line, and you sha'n't touch him."

"Well, I'll just bet I will, though. He's my tick
and I'll do what I blame please with him, or
die!"

A tremendous whack came down on Tom's
shoulders, and its duplicate on Joe's; and
for the space of two minutes the dust
continued to fly from the two jackets and the
whole school to enjoy it. The boys had been
too absorbed to notice the hush that had
stolen upon the school awhile before when
the master came tiptoeing down the room
and stood over them. He had contemplated
a good part of the performance before he
contributed his bit of variety to it.

When school broke up at noon, Tom flew to
Becky Thatcher, and whispered in her ear:

"Put on your bonnet and let on you're going
home; and when you get to the corner, give
the rest of 'em the slip, and turn down
through the lane and come back. I'll go the
other way and come it over 'em the same
way."

So the one went off with one group of
scholars, and the other with another. In a
little while the two met at the bottom of the
lane, and when they reached the school they
had it all to themselves. Then they sat
together, with a slate before them, and Tom
gave Becky the pencil and held her hand in
his, guiding it, and so created another
surprising house. When the interest in art
began to wane, the two fell to talking. Tom
was swimming in bliss. He said:

"Do you love rats?"

"No! I hate them!"

"Well, I do, too live ones. But I mean dead
ones, to swing round your head with a
string."

"No, I don't care for rats much, anyway.
What I like is chewing-gum."

"Oh, I should say so! I wish I had some now."

"Do you? I've got some. I'll let you chew it
awhile, but you must give it back to me."

That was agreeable, so they chewed it turn
about, and dangled their legs against the
bench in excess of contentment.

"Was you ever at a circus?" said Tom.

"Yes, and my pa's going to take me again
some time, if I'm good."

"I been to the circus three or four times lots
of times. Church ain't shucks to a circus.
There's things going on at a circus all the
time. I'm going to be a clown in a circus
when I grow up."

"Oh, are you! That will be nice. They're so
lovely, all spotted up."

"Yes, that's so. And they get slathers of
money most a dollar a day, Ben Rogers
says. Say, Becky, was you ever engaged?"

"What's that?"

"Why, engaged to be married."

"No."

"Would you like to?"

"I reckon so. I don't know. What is it like?"

-31-

"Like? Why it ain't like anything. You only just
tell a boy you won't ever have anybody but
him, ever ever ever, and then you kiss and
that's all. Anybody can do it."

"Kiss? What do you kiss for?"

"Why, that, you know, is to well, they always
do that."

"Everybody?"

"Why, yes, everybody that's in love with each
other. Do you remember what I wrote on the
slate?"

"Ye yes."

"What was it?"

"I sha'n't tell you."

"Shall I tell you?"

"Ye yes but some other time."

"No, now."

"No, not now to-morrow."

"Oh, no, now. Please, Becky I'll whisper it,
I'll whisper it ever so easy."

Becky hesitating, Tom took silence for
consent, and passed his arm about her
waist and whispered the tale ever so softly,
with his mouth close to her ear. And then he
added:

"Now you whisper it to me just the same."

She resisted, for a while, and then said:

"You turn your face away so you can't see,
and then I will. But you mustn't ever tell
anybody Will you, Tom? Now you won't, will

you?"

"No, indeed, indeed I won't. Now, Becky."

He turned his face away. She bent timidly
around till her breath stirred his curls and
whispered, "I love you!"

Then she sprang away and ran around and
around the desks and benches, with Tom
after her, and took refuge in a corner at last,
with her little white apron to her face. Tom
clasped her about her neck and pleaded:

"Now, Becky, it's all done all over but the
kiss. Don't you be afraid of that it ain't
anything at all. Please, Becky." And he
tugged at her apron and the hands.

By and by she gave up, and let her hands
drop; her face, all glowing with the struggle,
came up and submitted. Tom kissed the red
lips and said:

"Now it's all done, Becky. And always after
this, you know, you ain't ever to love
anybody but me, and you ain't ever to marry
anybody but me, ever never and forever. Will
you?"

"No, I'll never love anybody but you, Tom,
and I'll never marry anybody but you and you
ain't to ever marry anybody but me, either."

"Certainly. Of course. That's part of it. And
always coming to school or when we're
going home, you're to walk with me, when
there ain't anybody looking and you choose
me and I choose you at parties, because
that's the way you do when you're
engaged."

"It's so nice. I never heard of it before."

"Oh, it's ever so gay! Why, me and Amy
Lawrence --"

-32-

The big eyes told Tom his blunder and he
stopped, confused.

"Oh, Tom! Then I ain't the first you've ever
been engaged to!"

The child began to cry. Tom said:

"Oh, don't cry, Becky, I don't care for her
any more."

"Yes, you do, Tom you know you do."

Tom tried to put his arm about her neck, but
she pushed him away and turned her face to
the wall, and went on crying. Tom tried
again, with soothing words in his mouth,
and was repulsed again. Then his pride
was up, and he strode away and went
outside. He stood about, restless and
uneasy, for a while, glancing at the door,
every now and then, hoping she would
repent and come to find him. But she did
not. Then he began to feel badly and fear
that he was in the wrong. It was a hard
struggle with him to make new advances,
now, but he nerved himself to it and entered.
She was still standing back there in the
corner, sobbing, with her face to the wall.
Tom's heart smote him. He went to her and
stood a moment, not knowing exactly how
to proceed. Then he said hesitatingly:

"Becky, I I don't care for anybody but you."

No reply but sobs.

"Becky" pleadingly. "Becky, won't you say
something?"

More sobs.

Tom got out his chiefest jewel, a brass
knob from the top of an andiron, and
passed it around her so that she could see
it, and said:

"Please, Becky, won't you take it?"

She struck it to the floor. Then Tom marched
out of the house and over the hills and far
away, to return to school no more that day.
Presently Becky began to suspect. She ran
to the door; he was not in sight; she flew
around to the play-yard; he was not there.
Then she called:

"Tom! Come back, Tom!"

She listened intently, but there was no
answer. She had no companions but
silence and loneliness. So she sat down to
cry again and upbraid herself; and by this
time the scholars began to gather again,
and she had to hide her griefs and still her
broken heart and take up the cross of a
long, dreary, aching afternoon, with none
among the strangers about her to exchange
sorrows with.

Chapter VIII

Tom dodged hither and thither through lanes
until he was well out of the track of returning
scholars, and then fell into a moody jog. He
crossed a small "branch" two or three times,
because of a prevailing juvenile
superstition that to cross water baffled
pursuit. Half an hour later he was
disappearing behind the Douglas mansion
on the summit of Cardiff Hill, and the
school-house was hardly distinguishable
away off in the valley behind him. He
entered a dense wood, picked his pathless
way to the centre of it, and sat down on a
mossy spot under a spreading oak. There
was not even a zephyr stirring; the dead
noonday heat had even stilled the songs of
the birds; nature lay in a trance that was
broken by no sound but the occasional far-
off hammering of a woodpecker, and this
seemed to render the pervading silence
and sense of loneliness the more profound.

-33-

The boy's soul was steeped in melancholy;
his feelings were in happy accord with his
surroundings. He sat long with his elbows
on his knees and his chin in his hands,
meditating. It seemed to him that life was
but a trouble, at best, and he more than half
envied Jimmy Hodges, so lately released; it
must be very peaceful, he thought, to lie and
slumber and dream forever and ever, with
the wind whispering through the trees and
caressing the grass and the flowers over
the grave, and nothing to bother and grieve
about, ever any more. If he only had a clean
Sunday-school record he could be willing to
go, and be done with it all. Now as to this
girl. What had he done? Nothing. He had
meant the best in the world, and been
treated like a dog like a very dog. She would
be sorry some day maybe when it was too
late. Ah, if he could only die temporarily!

But the elastic heart of youth cannot be
compressed into one constrained shape
long at a time. Tom presently began to drift
insensibly back into the concerns of this life
again. What if he turned his back, now, and
disappeared mysteriously? What if he went
away ever so far away, into unknown
countries beyond the seas and never came
back any more! How would she feel then!
The idea of being a clown recurred to him
now, only to fill him with disgust. For frivolity
and jokes and spotted tights were an
offense, when they intruded themselves
upon a spirit that was exalted into the vague
august realm of the romantic. No, he would
be a soldier, and return after long years, all
war-worn and illustrious. No better still, he
would join the Indians, and hunt buffaloes
and go on the warpath in the mountain
ranges and the trackless great plains of the
Far West, and away in the future come back
a great chief, bristling with feathers,
hideous with paint, and prance into Sunday-
school, some drowsy summer morning,
with a blood-curdling war-whoop, and sear

the eyeballs of all his companions with
unappeasable envy. But no, there was
something gaudier even than this. He would
be a pirate! That was it! Now his future lay
plain before him, and glowing with
unimaginable splendor. How his name
would fill the world, and make people
shudder! How gloriously he would go
plowing the dancing seas, in his long, low,
black-hulled racer, the Spirit of the Storm,
with his grisly flag flying at the fore! And at
the zenith of his fame, how he would
suddenly appear at the old village and stalk
into church, brown and weather-beaten, in
his black velvet doublet and trunks, his great
jack-boots, his crimson sash, his belt
bristling with horse-pistols, his crime-
rusted cutlass at his side, his slouch hat with
waving plumes, his black flag unfurled, with
the skull and crossbones on it, and hear with
swelling ecstasy the whisperings, "It's Tom
Sawyer the Pirate! the Black Avenger of the
Spanish Main!"

Yes, it was settled; his career was
determined. He would run away from home
and enter upon it. He would start the very
next morning. Therefore he must now begin
to get ready. He would collect his resources
together. He went to a rotten log near at
hand and began to dig under one end of it
with his Barlow knife. He soon struck wood
that sounded hollow. He put his hand there
and uttered this incantation impressively:

"What hasn't come here, come! What's here,
stay here!"

Then he scraped away the dirt, and
exposed a pine shingle. He took it up and
disclosed a shapely little treasure-house
whose bottom and sides were of shingles.
In it lay a marble. Tom's astonishment was
boundless! He scratched his head with a
perplexed air, and said:

-34-

"Well, that beats anything!"

Then he tossed the marble away pettishly,
and stood cogitating. The truth was, that a
superstition of his had failed, here, which
he and all his comrades had always looked
upon as infallible. If you buried a marble with
certain necessary incantations, and left it
alone a fortnight, and then opened the place
with the incantation he had just used, you
would find that all the marbles you had ever
lost had gathered themselves together
there, meantime, no matter how widely they
had been separated. But now, this thing had
actually and unquestionably failed. Tom's
whole structure of faith was shaken to its
foundations. He had many a time heard of
this thing succeeding but never of its failing
before. It did not occur to him that he had
tried it several times before, himself, but
could never find the hiding-places
afterward. He puzzled over the matter some
time, and finally decided that some witch
had interfered and broken the charm. He
thought he would satisfy himself on that
point; so he searched around till he found a
small sandy spot with a little funnel-shaped
depression in it. He laid himself down and
put his mouth close to this depression and
called

"Doodle-bug, doodle-bug, tell me what I
want to know! Doodle-bug, doodle-bug,
tell me what I want to know!"

The sand began to work, and presently a
small black bug appeared for a second and
then darted under again in a fright.

"He dasn't tell! So it was a witch that done it.
I just knowed it."

He well knew the futility of trying to contend
against witches, so he gave up
discouraged. But it occurred to him that he
might as well have the marble he had just

thrown away, and therefore he went and
made a patient search for it. But he could
not find it. Now he went back to his treasure-
house and carefully placed himself just as
he had been standing when he tossed the
marble away; then he took another marble
from his pocket and tossed it in the same
way, saying:

"Brother, go find your brother!"

He watched where it stopped, and went
there and looked. But it must have fallen
short or gone too far; so he tried twice
more. The last repetition was successful.
The two marbles lay within a foot of each
other.

Just here the blast of a toy tin trumpet came
faintly down the green aisles of the forest.
Tom flung off his jacket and trousers,
turned a suspender into a belt, raked away
some brush behind the rotten log,
disclosing a rude bow and arrow, a lath
sword and a tin trumpet, and in a moment
had seized these things and bounded
away, barelegged, with fluttering shirt. He
presently halted under a great elm, blew an
answering blast, and then began to tiptoe
and look warily out, this way and that. He
said cautiously to an imaginary company:

"Hold, my merry men! Keep hid till I blow."

Now appeared Joe Harper, as airily clad
and elaborately armed as Tom. Tom called:

"Hold! Who comes here into Sherwood
Forest without my pass?"

"Guy of Guisborne wants no man's pass.
Who art thou that that --"

"Dares to hold such language," said Tom,
prompting for they talked "by the book,"
from memory.

-35-

"Who art thou that dares to hold such
language?"

"I, indeed! I am Robin Hood, as thy caitiff
carcase soon shall know."

"Then art thou indeed that famous outlaw?
Right gladly will I dispute with thee the
passes of the merry wood. Have at thee!"

They took their lath swords, dumped their
other traps on the ground, struck a fencing
attitude, foot to foot, and began a grave,
careful combat, "two up and two down."
Presently Tom said:

"Now, if you've got the hang, go it lively!"

So they "went it lively," panting and
perspiring with the work. By and by Tom
shouted:

"Fall! fall! Why don't you fall?"

"I sha'n't! Why don't you fall yourself? You're
getting the worst of it."

"Why, that ain't anything. I can't fall; that ain't
the way it is in the book. The book says,
'Then with one back-handed stroke he slew
poor Guy of Guisborne.' You're to turn
around and let me hit you in the back."

There was no getting around the authorities,
so Joe turned, received the whack and fell.

"Now," said Joe, getting up, "you got to let
me kill you. That's fair."

"Why, I can't do that, it ain't in the book."

"Well, it's blamed mean that's all."

"Well, say, Joe, you can be Friar Tuck or
Much the miller's son, and lam me with a
quarter-staff; or I'll be the Sheriff of

Nottingham and you be Robin Hood a little
while and kill me."

This was satisfactory, and so these
adventures were carried out. Then Tom
became Robin Hood again, and was
allowed by the treacherous nun to bleed his
strength away through his neglected wound.
And at last Joe, representing a whole tribe
of weeping outlaws, dragged him sadly
forth, gave his bow into his feeble hands,
and Tom said, "Where this arrow falls, there
bury poor Robin Hood under the greenwood
tree." Then he shot the arrow and fell back
and would have died, but he lit on a nettle
and sprang up too gaily for a corpse.

The boys dressed themselves, hid their
accoutrements, and went off grieving that
there were no outlaws any more, and
wondering what modern civilization could
claim to have done to compensate for their
loss. They said they would rather be outlaws
a year in Sherwood Forest than President
of the United States forever.

Chapter IX

At half-past nine, that night, Tom and Sid
were sent to bed, as usual. They said their
prayers, and Sid was soon asleep. Tom lay
awake and waited, in restless impatience.
When it seemed to him that it must be nearly
daylight, he heard the clock strike ten! This
was despair. He would have tossed and
fidgeted, as his nerves demanded, but he
was afraid he might wake Sid. So he lay
still, and stared up into the dark. Everything
was dismally still. By and by, out of the
stillness, little, scarcely preceptible noises
began to emphasize themselves. The
ticking of the clock began to bring itself into
notice. Old beams began to crack
mysteriously. The stairs creaked faintly.
Evidently spirits were abroad. A measured,
muffled snore issued from Aunt Polly's

-36-

chamber. And now the tiresome chirping of
a cricket that no human ingenuity could
locate, began. Next the ghastly ticking of a
deathwatch in the wall at the bed's head
made Tom shudder it meant that
somebody's days were numbered. Then
the howl of a far-off dog rose on the night
air, and was answered by a fainter howl
from a remoter distance. Tom was in an
agony. At last he was satisfied that time had
ceased and eternity begun; he began to
doze, in spite of himself; the clock chimed
eleven, but he did not hear it. And then there
came, mingling with his half-formed
dreams, a most melancholy caterwauling.
The raising of a neighboring window
disturbed him. A cry of "Scat! you devil!" and
the crash of an empty bottle against the
back of his aunt's woodshed brought him
wide awake, and a single minute later he
was dressed and out of the window and
creeping along the roof of the "ell" on all
fours. He "meow'd" with caution once or
twice, as he went; then jumped to the roof
of the woodshed and thence to the ground.
Huckleberry Finn was there, with his dead
cat. The boys moved off and disappeared
in the gloom. At the end of half an hour they
were wading through the tall grass of the
graveyard.

It was a graveyard of the old-fashioned
Western kind. It was on a hill, about a mile
and a half from the village. It had a crazy
board fence around it, which leaned inward
in places, and outward the rest of the time,
but stood upright nowhere. Grass and
weeds grew rank over the whole cemetery.
All the old graves were sunken in, there was
not a tombstone on the place; round-
topped, worm-eaten boards staggered
over the graves, leaning for support and
finding none. "Sacred to the memory of" So-
and-So had been painted on them once,
but it could no longer have been read, on the
most of them, now, even if there had been

light.

A faint wind moaned through the trees, and
Tom feared it might be the spirits of the
dead, complaining at being disturbed. The
boys talked little, and only under their
breath, for the time and the place and the
pervading solemnity and silence oppressed
their spirits. They found the sharp new heap
they were seeking, and ensconced
themselves within the protection of three
great elms that grew in a bunch within a few
feet of the grave.

Then they waited in silence for what
seemed a long time. The hooting of a
distant owl was all the sound that troubled
the dead stillness. Tom's reflections grew
oppressive. He must force some talk. So he
said in a whisper:

"Hucky, do you believe the dead people like
it for us to be here?"

Huckleberry whispered:

"I wisht I knowed. It's awful solemn like, ain't
it?"

"I bet it is."

There was a considerable pause, while the
boys canvassed this matter inwardly. Then
Tom whispered:

"Say, Hucky do you reckon Hoss Williams
hears us talking?"

"O' course he does. Least his sperrit does."

Tom, after a pause:

"I wish I'd said Mister Williams. But I never
meant any harm. Everybody calls him
Hoss."

-37-

"A body can't be too partic'lar how they talk
'bout these-yer dead people, Tom."

This was a damper, and conversation died
again.

Presently Tom seized his comrade's arm
and said:

"Sh!"

"What is it, Tom?" And the two clung
together with beating hearts.

"Sh! There 'tis again! Didn't you hear it?"

"I --"

"There! Now you hear it."

"Lord, Tom, they're coming! They're
coming, sure. What'll we do?"

"I dono. Think they'll see us?"

"Oh, Tom, they can see in the dark, same as
cats. I wisht I hadn't come."

"Oh, don't be afeard. I don't believe they'll
bother us. We ain't doing any harm. If we
keep perfectly still, maybe they won't notice
us at all."

"I'll try to, Tom, but, Lord, I'm all of a shiver."

"Listen!"

The boys bent their heads together and
scarcely breathed. A muffled sound of
voices floated up from the far end of the
graveyard.

"Look! See there!" whispered Tom. "What is
it?"

"It's devil-fire. Oh, Tom, this is awful."

Some vague figures approached through
the gloom, swinging an old-fashioned tin
lantern that freckled the ground with
innumerable little spangles of light.
Presently Huckleberry whispered with a
shudder:

"It's the devils sure enough. Three of 'em!
Lordy, Tom, we're goners! Can you pray?"

"I'll try, but don't you be afeard. They ain't
going to hurt us. 'Now I lay me down to
sleep, I --'"

"Sh!"

"What is it, Huck?"

"They're humans! One of 'em is, anyway.
One of 'em's old Muff Potter's voice."

"No 'tain't so, is it?"

"I bet I know it. Don't you stir nor budge. He
ain't sharp enough to notice us. Drunk, the
same as usual, likely blamed old rip!"

"All right, I'll keep still. Now they're stuck.
Can't find it. Here they come again. Now
they're hot. Cold again. Hot again. Red hot!
They're p'inted right, this time. Say, Huck, I
know another o' them voices; it's Injun Joe."

"That's so that murderin' half-breed! I'd
druther they was devils a dern sight. What
kin they be up to?"

The whisper died wholly out, now, for the
three men had reached the grave and stood
within a few feet of the boys' hiding-place.

"Here it is," said the third voice; and the
owner of it held the lantern up and revealed
the face of young Doctor Robinson.

Potter and Injun Joe were carrying a

-38-

handbarrow with a rope and a couple of
shovels on it. They cast down their load and
began to open the grave. The doctor put the
lantern at the head of the grave and came
and sat down with his back against one of
the elm trees. He was so close the boys
could have touched him.

"Hurry, men!" he said, in a low voice; "the
moon might come out at any moment."

They growled a response and went on
digging. For some time there was no noise
but the grating sound of the spades
discharging their freight of mould and
gravel. It was very monotonous. Finally a
spade struck upon the coffin with a dull
woody accent, and within another minute or
two the men had hoisted it out on the
ground. They pried off the lid with their
shovels, got out the body and dumped it
rudely on the ground. The moon drifted from
behind the clouds and exposed the pallid
face. The barrow was got ready and the
corpse placed on it, covered with a blanket,
and bound to its place with the rope. Potter
took out a large spring-knife and cut off the
dangling end of the rope and then said:

"Now the cussed thing's ready, Sawbones,
and you'll just out with another five, or here
she stays."

"That's the talk!" said Injun Joe.

"Look here, what does this mean?" said the
doctor. "You required your pay in advance,
and I've paid you."

"Yes, and you done more than that," said
Injun Joe, approaching the doctor, who was
now standing. "Five years ago you drove
me away from your father's kitchen one
night, when I come to ask for something to
eat, and you said I warn't there for any
good; and when I swore I'd get even with

you if it took a hundred years, your father
had me jailed for a vagrant. Did you think I'd
forget? The Injun blood ain't in me for
nothing. And now I've got you, and you got
to settle, you know!"

He was threatening the doctor, with his fist
in his face, by this time. The doctor struck
out suddenly and stretched the ruffian on the
ground. Potter dropped his knife, and
exclaimed:

"Here, now, don't you hit my pard!" and the
next moment he had grappled with the
doctor and the two were struggling with
might and main, trampling the grass and
tearing the ground with their heels. Injun Joe
sprang to his feet, his eyes flaming with
passion, snatched up Potter's knife, and
went creeping, catlike and stooping, round
and round about the combatants, seeking
an opportunity. All at once the doctor flung
himself free, seized the heavy headboard
of Williams' grave and felled Potter to the
earth with it and in the same instant the half-
breed saw his chance and drove the knife to
the hilt in the young man's breast. He reeled
and fell partly upon Potter, flooding him with
his blood, and in the same moment the
clouds blotted out the dreadful spectacle
and the two frightened boys went speeding
away in the dark.

Presently, when the moon emerged again,
Injun Joe was standing over the two forms,
contemplating them. The doctor murmured
inarticulately, gave a long gasp or two and
was still. The half-breed muttered:

"That score is settled damn you."

Then he robbed the body. After which he put
the fatal knife in Potter's open right hand,
and sat down on the dismantled coffin.
Three four five minutes passed, and then
Potter began to stir and moan. His hand

-39-

closed upon the knife; he raised it, glanced
at it, and let it fall, with a shudder. Then he
sat up, pushing the body from him, and
gazed at it, and then around him,
confusedly. His eyes met Joe's.

"Lord, how is this, Joe?" he said.

"It's a dirty business," said Joe, without
moving.

"What did you do it for?"

"I! I never done it!"

"Look here! That kind of talk won't wash."

Potter trembled and grew white.

"I thought I'd got sober. I'd no business to
drink to-night. But it's in my head yet
worse'n when we started here. I'm all in a
muddle; can't recollect anything of it, hardly.
Tell me, Joe honest, now, old feller did I do
it? Joe, I never meant to 'pon my soul and
honor, I never meant to, Joe. Tell me how it
was, Joe. Oh, it's awful and him so young
and promising."

"Why, you two was scuffling, and he fetched
you one with the headboard and you fell flat;
and then up you come, all reeling and
staggering like, and snatched the knife and
jammed it into him, just as he fetched you
another awful clip and here you've laid, as
dead as a wedge til now."

"Oh, I didn't know what I was a-doing. I wish
I may die this minute if I did. It was all on
account of the whiskey and the excitement, I
reckon. I never used a weepon in my life
before, Joe. I've fought, but never with
weepons. They'll all say that. Joe, don't tell!
Say you won't tell, Joe that's a good feller. I
always liked you, Joe, and stood up for you,
too. Don't you remember? You won't tell,

will you, Joe?" And the poor creature
dropped on his knees before the stolid
murderer, and clasped his appealing
hands.

"No, you've always been fair and square
with me, Muff Potter, and I won't go back on
you. There, now, that's as fair as a man can
say."

"Oh, Joe, you're an angel. I'll bless you for
this the longest day I live." And Potter began
to cry.

"Come, now, that's enough of that. This
ain't any time for blubbering. You be off
yonder way and I'll go this. Move, now, and
don't leave any tracks behind you."

Potter started on a trot that quickly
increased to a run. The half-breed stood
looking after him. He muttered:

"If he's as much stunned with the lick and
fuddled with the rum as he had the look of
being, he won't think of the knife till he's
gone so far he'll be afraid to come back
after it to such a place by himself chicken-
heart!"

Two or three minutes later the murdered
man, the blanketed corpse, the lidless
coffin, and the open grave were under no
inspection but the moon's. The stillness was
complete again, too.

Chapter X

The two boys flew on and on, toward the
village, speechless with horror. They
glanced backward over their shoulders
from time to time, apprehensively, as if they
feared they might be followed. Every stump
that started up in their path seemed a man
and an enemy, and made them catch their
breath; and as they sped by some outlying

-40-

cottages that lay near the village, the
barking of the aroused watch-dogs
seemed to give wings to their feet.

"If we can only get to the old tannery before
we break down!" whispered Tom, in short
catches between breaths. "I can't stand it
much longer."

Huckleberry's hard pantings were his only
reply, and the boys fixed their eyes on the
goal of their hopes and bent to their work to
win it. They gained steadily on it, and at last,
breast to breast, they burst through the open
door and fell grateful and exhausted in the
sheltering shadows beyond. By and by their
pulses slowed down, and Tom whispered:

"Huckleberry, what do you reckon'll come of
this?"

"If Doctor Robinson dies, I reckon hanging'll
come of it."

"Do you though?"

"Why, I know it, Tom."

Tom thought a while, then he said:

"Who'll tell? We?"

"What are you talking about? S'pose
something happened and Injun Joe didn't
hang? Why, he'd kill us some time or other,
just as dead sure as we're a laying here."

"That's just what I was thinking to myself,
Huck."

"If anybody tells, let Muff Potter do it, if he's
fool enough. He's generally drunk enough."

Tom said nothing went on thinking.
Presently he whispered:

"Huck, Muff Potter don't know it. How can
he tell?"

"What's the reason he don't know it?"

"Because he'd just got that whack when
Injun Joe done it. D'you reckon he could
see anything? D'you reckon he knowed
anything?"

"By hokey, that's so, Tom!"

"And besides, look-a-here maybe that
whack done for him!"

"No, 'taint likely, Tom. He had liquor in him; I
could see that; and besides, he always has.
Well, when pap's full, you might take and
belt him over the head with a church and you
couldn't phase him. He says so, his own
self. So it's the same with Muff Potter, of
course. But if a man was dead sober, I
reckon maybe that whack might fetch him; I
dono."

After another reflective silence, Tom said:

"Hucky, you sure you can keep mum?"

"Tom, we got to keep mum. You know that.
That Injun devil wouldn't make any more of
drownding us than a couple of cats, if we
was to squeak 'bout this and they didn't
hang him. Now, look-a-here, Tom, less
take and swear to one another that's what
we got to do swear to keep mum."

"I'm agreed. It's the best thing. Would you
just hold hands and swear that we --"

"Oh no, that wouldn't do for this. That's
good enough for little rubbishy common
things specially with gals, cuz they go back
on you anyway, and blab if they get in a huff
but there orter be writing 'bout a big thing
like this. And blood."

-41-

Tom's whole being applauded this idea. It
was deep, and dark, and awful; the hour,
the circumstances, the surroundings, were
in keeping with it. He picked up a clean pine
shingle that lay in the moonlight, took a little
fragment of "red keel" out of his pocket, got
the moon on his work, and painfully
scrawled these lines, emphasizing each
slow down-stroke by clamping his tongue
between his teeth, and letting up the
pressure on the up-strokes.


"Huck Finn and
Tom Sawyer swears
they will keep mum
about This and They
wish They may Drop
down dead in Their
Tracks if They ever
Tell and Rot.

Huckleberry was filled with admiration of
Tom's facility in writing, and the sublimity of
his language. He at once took a pin from his
lapel and was going to prick his flesh, but
Tom said:

"Hold on! Don't do that. A pin's brass. It
might have verdigrease on it."

"What's verdigrease?"

"It's p'ison. That's what it is. You just swaller
some of it once you'll see."

So Tom unwound the thread from one of his
needles, and each boy pricked the ball of
his thumb and squeezed out a drop of
blood. In time, after many squeezes, Tom
managed to sign his initials, using the ball of
his little finger for a pen. Then he showed
Huckleberry how to make an H and an F,
and the oath was complete. They buried the
shingle close to the wall, with some dismal
ceremonies and incantations, and the

fetters that bound their tongues were
considered to be locked and the key thrown
away.

A figure crept stealthily through a break in
the other end of the ruined building, now,
but they did not notice it.

"Tom," whispered Huckleberry, "does this
keep us from ever telling always?"

"Of course it does. It don't make any
difference what happens, we got to keep
mum. We'd drop down dead don't you know
that?"

"Yes, I reckon that's so."

They continued to whisper for some little
time. Presently a dog set up a long,
lugubrious howl just outside within ten feet
of them. The boys clasped each other
suddenly, in an agony of fright.

"Which of us does he mean?" gasped
Huckleberry.

"I dono peep through the crack. Quick!"

"No, you, Tom!"

"I can't I can't do it, Huck!"

"Please, Tom. There 'tis again!"

"Oh, lordy, I'm thankful!" whispered Tom. "I
know his voice. It's Bull Harbison." *

[* If Mr. Harbison owned a slave named Bull,
Tom would have spoken of him as
"Harbison's Bull," but a son or a dog of that
name was "Bull Harbison."]

"Oh, that's good I tell you, Tom, I was most
scared to death; I'd a bet anything it was a
stray dog."

-42-

The dog howled again. The boys' hearts
sank once more.

"Oh, my! that ain't no Bull Harbison!"
whispered Huckleberry. "Do, Tom!"

Tom, quaking with fear, yielded, and put his
eye to the crack. His whisper was hardly
audible when he said:

"Oh, Huck, it's a stray dog!"

"Quick, Tom, quick! Who does he mean?"

"Huck, he must mean us both we're right
together."

"Oh, Tom, I reckon we're goners. I reckon
there ain't no mistake 'bout where I'll go to. I
been so wicked."

"Dad fetch it! This comes of playing hookey
and doing everything a feller's told not to do.
I might a been good, like Sid, if I'd a tried
but no, I wouldn't, of course. But if ever I get
off this time, I lay I'll just waller in Sunday-
schools!" And Tom began to snuffle a little.

"You bad!" and Huckleberry began to snuffle
too. "Consound it, Tom Sawyer, you're just
old pie, 'longside o' what I am. Oh, lordy,
lordy, lordy, I wisht I only had half your
chance."

Tom choked off and whispered:

"Look, Hucky, look! He's got his back to
us!"

Hucky looked, with joy in his heart.

"Well, he has, by jingoes! Did he before?"

"Yes, he did. But I, like a fool, never thought.
Oh, this is bully, you know. Now who can he
mean?"

The howling stopped. Tom pricked up his
ears.

"Sh! What's that?" he whispered.

"Sounds like like hogs grunting. No it's
somebody snoring, Tom."

"That is it! Where 'bouts is it, Huck?"

"I bleeve it's down at 'tother end. Sounds
so, anyway. Pap used to sleep there,
sometimes, 'long with the hogs, but laws
bless you, he just lifts things when he
snores. Besides, I reckon he ain't ever
coming back to this town any more."

The spirit of adventure rose in the boys'
souls once more.

"Hucky, do you das't to go if I lead?"

"I don't like to, much. Tom, s'pose it's Injun
Joe!"

Tom quailed. But presently the temptation
rose up strong again and the boys agreed to
try, with the understanding that they would
take to their heels if the snoring stopped. So
they went tiptoeing stealthily down, the one
behind the other. When they had got to within
five steps of the snorer, Tom stepped on a
stick, and it broke with a sharp snap. The
man moaned, writhed a little, and his face
came into the moonlight. It was Muff Potter.
The boys' hearts had stood still, and their
hopes too, when the man moved, but their
fears passed away now. They tiptoed out,
through the broken weather-boarding, and
stopped at a little distance to exchange a
parting word. That long, lugubrious howl
rose on the night air again! They turned and
saw the strange dog standing within a few
feet of where Potter was lying, and facing
Potter, with his nose pointing heavenward.

-43-

"Oh, geeminy, it's him!" exclaimed both
boys, in a breath.

"Say, Tom they say a stray dog come
howling around Johnny Miller's house, 'bout
midnight, as much as two weeks ago; and a
whippoorwill come in and lit on the
banisters and sung, the very same evening;
and there ain't anybody dead there yet."

"Well, I know that. And suppose there ain't.
Didn't Gracie Miller fall in the kitchen fire
and burn herself terrible the very next
Saturday?"

"Yes, but she ain't dead. And what's more,
she's getting better, too."

"All right, you wait and see. She's a goner,
just as dead sure as Muff Potter's a goner.
That's what the niggers say, and they know
all about these kind of things, Huck."

Then they separated, cogitating. When Tom
crept in at his bedroom window the night
was almost spent. He undressed with
excessive caution, and fell asleep
congratulating himself that nobody knew of
his escapade. He was not aware that the
gently-snoring Sid was awake, and had
been so for an hour.

When Tom awoke, Sid was dressed and
gone. There was a late look in the light, a
late sense in the atmosphere. He was
startled. Why had he not been called
persecuted till he was up, as usual? The
thought filled him with bodings. Within five
minutes he was dressed and down-stairs,
feeling sore and drowsy. The family were
still at table, but they had finished breakfast.
There was no voice of rebuke; but there
were averted eyes; there was a silence and
an air of solemnity that struck a chill to the
culprit's heart. He sat down and tried to
seem gay, but it was up-hill work; it roused

no smile, no response, and he lapsed into
silence and let his heart sink down to the
depths.

After breakfast his aunt took him aside, and
Tom almost brightened in the hope that he
was going to be flogged; but it was not so.
His aunt wept over him and asked him how
he could go and break her old heart so; and
finally told him to go on, and ruin himself and
bring her gray hairs with sorrow to the
grave, for it was no use for her to try any
more. This was worse than a thousand
whippings, and Tom's heart was sorer now
than his body. He cried, he pleaded for
forgiveness, promised to reform over and
over again, and then received his
dismissal, feeling that he had won but an
imperfect forgiveness and established but
a feeble confidence.

He left the presence too miserable to even
feel revengeful toward Sid; and so the
latter's prompt retreat through the back gate
was unnecessary. He moped to school
gloomy and sad, and took his flogging,
along with Joe Harper, for playing hookey
the day before, with the air of one whose
heart was busy with heavier woes and
wholly dead to trifles. Then he betook
himself to his seat, rested his elbows on his
desk and his jaws in his hands, and stared
at the wall with the stony stare of suffering
that has reached the limit and can no further
go. His elbow was pressing against some
hard substance. After a long time he slowly
and sadly changed his position, and took up
this object with a sigh. It was in a paper. He
unrolled it. A long, lingering, colossal sigh
followed, and his heart broke. It was his
brass andiron knob!

This final feather broke the camel's back.

Chapter XI

-44-

Close upon the hour of noon the whole
village was suddenly electrified with the
ghastly news. No need of the as yet
undreamed-of telegraph; the tale flew from
man to man, from group to group, from
house to house, with little less than
telegraphic speed. Of course the
schoolmaster gave holiday for that
afternoon; the town would have thought
strangely of him if he had not.

A gory knife had been found close to the
murdered man, and it had been recognized
by somebody as belonging to Muff Potter
so the story ran. And it was said that a
belated citizen had come upon Potter
washing himself in the "branch" about one
or two o'clock in the morning, and that
Potter had at once sneaked off suspicious
circumstances, especially the washing
which was not a habit with Potter. It was
also said that the town had been ransacked
for this "murderer" (the public are not slow in
the matter of sifting evidence and arriving at
a verdict), but that he could not be found.
Horsemen had departed down all the roads
in every direction, and the Sheriff "was
confident" that he would be captured before
night.

All the town was drifting toward the
graveyard. Tom's heartbreak vanished and
he joined the procession, not because he
would not a thousand times rather go
anywhere else, but because an awful,
unaccountable fascination drew him on.
Arrived at the dreadful place, he wormed
his small body through the crowd and saw
the dismal spectacle. It seemed to him an
age since he was there before. Somebody
pinched his arm. He turned, and his eyes
met Huckleberry's. Then both looked
elsewhere at once, and wondered if
anybody had noticed anything in their mutual
glance. But everybody was talking, and
intent upon the grisly spectacle before them.

"Poor fellow!" "Poor young fellow!" "This
ought to be a lesson to grave robbers!"
"Muff Potter'll hang for this if they catch
him!" This was the drift of remark; and the
minister said, "It was a judgment; His hand
is here."

Now Tom shivered from head to heel; for
his eye fell upon the stolid face of Injun Joe.
At this moment the crowd began to sway
and struggle, and voices shouted, "It's him!
it's him! he's coming himself!"

"Who? Who?" from twenty voices.

"Muff Potter!"

"Hallo, he's stopped! Look out, he's turning!
Don't let him get away!"

People in the branches of the trees over
Tom's head said he wasn't trying to get
away he only looked doubtful and
perplexed.

"Infernal impudence!" said a bystander;
"wanted to come and take a quiet look at his
work, I reckon didn't expect any company."

The crowd fell apart, now, and the Sheriff
came through, ostentatiously leading Potter
by the arm. The poor fellow's face was
haggard, and his eyes showed the fear that
was upon him. When he stood before the
murdered man, he shook as with a palsy,
and he put his face in his hands and burst
into tears.

"I didn't do it, friends," he sobbed; "'pon my
word and honor I never done it."

"Who's accused you?" shouted a voice.

This shot seemed to carry home. Potter
lifted his face and looked around him with a
pathetic hopelessness in his eyes. He saw

-45-

Injun Joe, and exclaimed:

"Oh, Injun Joe, you promised me you'd
never --"

"Is that your knife?" and it was thrust before
him by the Sheriff.

Potter would have fallen if they had not
caught him and eased him to the ground.
Then he said:

"Something told me 't if I didn't come back
and get --" He shuddered; then waved his
nerveless hand with a vanquished gesture
and said, "Tell 'em, Joe, tell 'em it ain't any
use any more."

Then Huckleberry and Tom stood dumb and
staring, and heard the stony-hearted liar
reel off his serene statement, they
expecting every moment that the clear sky
would deliver God's lightnings upon his
head, and wondering to see how long the
stroke was delayed. And when he had
finished and still stood alive and whole, their
wavering impulse to break their oath and
save the poor betrayed prisoner's life faded
and vanished away, for plainly this
miscreant had sold himself to Satan and it
would be fatal to meddle with the property
of such a power as that.

"Why didn't you leave? What did you want to
come here for?" somebody said.

"I couldn't help it I couldn't help it," Potter
moaned. "I wanted to run away, but I
couldn't seem to come anywhere but here."
And he fell to sobbing again.

Injun Joe repeated his statement, just as
calmly, a few minutes afterward on the
inquest, under oath; and the boys, seeing
that the lightnings were still withheld, were
confirmed in their belief that Joe had sold

himself to the devil. He was now become, to
them, the most balefully interesting object
they had ever looked upon, and they could
not take their fascinated eyes from his face.

They inwardly resolved to watch him nights,
when opportunity should offer, in the hope
of getting a glimpse of his dread master.

Injun Joe helped to raise the body of the
murdered man and put it in a wagon for
removal; and it was whispered through the
shuddering crowd that the wound bled a
little! The boys thought that this happy
circumstance would turn suspicion in the
right direction; but they were disappointed,
for more than one villager remarked:

"It was within three feet of Muff Potter when
it done it."

Tom's fearful secret and gnawing
conscience disturbed his sleep for as much
as a week after this; and at breakfast one
morning Sid said:

"Tom, you pitch around and talk in your
sleep so much that you keep me awake half
the time."

Tom blanched and dropped his eyes.

"It's a bad sign," said Aunt Polly, gravely.
"What you got on your mind, Tom?"

"Nothing. Nothing 't I know of." But the boy's
hand shook so that he spilled his coffee.

"And you do talk such stuff," Sid said. "Last
night you said, 'It's blood, it's blood, that's
what it is!' You said that over and over. And
you said, 'Don't torment me so I'll tell!' Tell
what? What is it you'll tell?"

Everything was swimming before Tom.
There is no telling what might have

-46-

happened, now, but luckily the concern
passed out of Aunt Polly's face and she
came to Tom's relief without knowing it.
She said:

"Sho! It's that dreadful murder. I dream
about it most every night myself.
Sometimes I dream it's me that done it."

Mary said she had been affected much the
same way. Sid seemed satisfied. Tom got
out of the presence as quick as he plausibly
could, and after that he complained of
toothache for a week, and tied up his jaws
every night. He never knew that Sid lay
nightly watching, and frequently slipped the
bandage free and then leaned on his elbow
listening a good while at a time, and
afterward slipped the bandage back to its
place again. Tom's distress of mind wore
off gradually and the toothache grew
irksome and was discarded. If Sid really
managed to make anything out of Tom's
disjointed mutterings, he kept it to himself.

It seemed to Tom that his schoolmates
never would get done holding inquests on
dead cats, and thus keeping his trouble
present to his mind. Sid noticed that Tom
never was coroner at one of these inquiries,
though it had been his habit to take the lead
in all new enterprises; he noticed, too, that
Tom never acted as a witness and that was
strange; and Sid did not overlook the fact
that Tom even showed a marked aversion
to these inquests, and always avoided them
when he could. Sid marvelled, but said
nothing. However, even inquests went out
of vogue at last, and ceased to torture
Tom's conscience.

Every day or two, during this time of sorrow,
Tom watched his opportunity and went to
the little grated jail-window and smuggled
such small comforts through to the
"murderer" as he could get hold of. The jail

was a trifling little brick den that stood in a
marsh at the edge of the village, and no
guards were afforded for it; indeed, it was
seldom occupied. These offerings greatly
helped to ease Tom's conscience.

The villagers had a strong desire to tar-and-
feather Injun Joe and ride him on a rail, for
body-snatching, but so formidable was his
character that nobody could be found who
was willing to take the lead in the matter, so
it was dropped. He had been careful to
begin both of his inquest-statements with
the fight, without confessing the grave-
robbery that preceded it; therefore it was
deemed wisest not to try the case in the
courts at present.

Chapter XII

One of the reasons why Tom's mind had
drifted away from its secret troubles was,
that it had found a new and weighty matter
to interest itself about. Becky Thatcher had
stopped coming to school. Tom had
struggled with his pride a few days, and
tried to "whistle her down the wind," but
failed. He began to find himself hanging
around her father's house, nights, and
feeling very miserable. She was ill. What if
she should die! There was distraction in the
thought. He no longer took an interest in
war, nor even in piracy. The charm of life
was gone; there was nothing but dreariness
left. He put his hoop away, and his bat;
there was no joy in them any more. His aunt
was concerned. She began to try all manner
of remedies on him. She was one of those
people who are infatuated with patent
medicines and all new-fangled methods of
producing health or mending it. She was an
inveterate experimenter in these things.
When something fresh in this line came out
she was in a fever, right away, to try it; not
on herself, for she was never ailing, but on
anybody else that came handy. She was a

-47-

subscriber for all the "Health" periodicals
and phrenological frauds; and the solemn
ignorance they were inflated with was
breath to her nostrils. All the "rot" they
contained about ventilation, and how to go
to bed, and how to get up, and what to eat,
and what to drink, and how much exercise
to take, and what frame of mind to keep
one's self in, and what sort of clothing to
wear, was all gospel to her, and she never
observed that her health-journals of the
current month customarily upset everything
they had recommended the month before.
She was as simple-hearted and honest as
the day was long, and so she was an easy
victim. She gathered together her quack
periodicals and her quack medicines, and
thus armed with death, went about on her
pale horse, metaphorically speaking, with
"hell following after." But she never
suspected that she was not an angel of
healing and the balm of Gilead in disguise,
to the suffering neighbors.

The water treatment was new, now, and
Tom's low condition was a windfall to her.
She had him out at daylight every morning,
stood him up in the woodshed and drowned
him with a deluge of cold water; then she
scrubbed him down with a towel like a file,
and so brought him to; then she rolled him
up in a wet sheet and put him away under
blankets till she sweated his soul clean and
"the yellow stains of it came through his
pores" as Tom said.

Yet notwithstanding all this, the boy grew
more and more melancholy and pale and
dejected. She added hot baths, sitz baths,
shower baths, and plunges. The boy
remained as dismal as a hearse. She
began to assist the water with a slim
oatmeal diet and blister-plasters. She
calculated his capacity as she would a
jug's, and filled him up every day with
quack cure-alls.

Tom had become indifferent to persecution
by this time. This phase filled the old lady's
heart with consternation. This indifference
must be broken up at any cost. Now she
heard of Pain-killer for the first time. She
ordered a lot at once. She tasted it and was
filled with gratitude. It was simply fire in a
liquid form. She dropped the water
treatment and everything else, and pinned
her faith to Pain-killer. She gave Tom a
teaspoonful and watched with the deepest
anxiety for the result. Her troubles were
instantly at rest, her soul at peace again; for
the "indifference" was broken up. The boy
could not have shown a wilder, heartier
interest, if she had built a fire under him.

Tom felt that it was time to wake up; this sort
of life might be romantic enough, in his
blighted condition, but it was getting to have
too little sentiment and too much distracting
variety about it. So he thought over various
plans for relief, and finally hit pon that of
professing to be fond of Pain-killer. He
asked for it so often that he became a
nuisance, and his aunt ended by telling him
to help himself and quit bothering her. If it
had been Sid, she would have had no
misgivings to alloy her delight; but since it
was Tom, she watched the bottle
clandestinely. She found that the medicine
did really diminish, but it did not occur to her
that the boy was mending the health of a
crack in the sitting-room floor with it.

One day Tom was in the act of dosing the
crack when his aunt's yellow cat came
along, purring, eying the teaspoon
avariciously, and begging for a taste. Tom
said:

"Don't ask for it unless you want it, Peter."

But Peter signified that he did want it.

"You better make sure."

-48-

Peter was sure.

"Now you've asked for it, and I'll give it to
you, because there ain't anything mean
about me; but if you find you don't like it, you
mustn't blame anybody but your own self."

Peter was agreeable. So Tom pried his
mouth open and poured down the Pain-
killer. Peter sprang a couple of yards in the
air, and then delivered a war-whoop and
set off round and round the room, banging
against furniture, upsetting flower-pots,
and making general havoc. Next he rose on
his hind feet and pranced around, in a
frenzy of enjoyment, with his head over his
shoulder and his voice proclaiming his
unappeasable happiness. Then he went
tearing around the house again spreading
chaos and destruction in his path. Aunt Polly
entered in time to see him throw a few
double summersets, deliver a final mighty
hurrah, and sail through the open window,
carrying the rest of the flower-pots with him.
The old lady stood petrified with
astonishment, peering over her glasses;
Tom lay on the floor expiring with laughter.

"Tom, what on earth ails that cat?"

"I don't know, aunt," gasped the boy.

"Why, I never see anything like it. What did
make him act so?"

"Deed I don't know, Aunt Polly; cats always
act so when they're having a good time."

"They do, do they?" There was something in
the tone that made Tom apprehensive.

"Yes'm. That is, I believe they do."

"You do?"

"Yes'm."

The old lady was bending down, Tom
watching, with interest emphasized by
anxiety. Too late he divined her "drift." The
handle of the telltale teaspoon was visible
under the bed-valance. Aunt Polly took it,
held it up. Tom winced, and dropped his
eyes. Aunt Polly raised him by the usual
handle his ear and cracked his head
soundly with her thimble.

"Now, sir, what did you want to treat that
poor dumb beast so, for?"

"I done it out of pity for him because he
hadn't any aunt."

"Hadn't any aunt! you numskull. What has
that got to do with it?"

"Heaps. Because if he'd had one she'd a
burnt him out herself! She'd a roasted his
bowels out of him 'thout any more feeling
than if he was a human!"

Aunt Polly felt a sudden pang of remorse.
This was putting the thing in a new light;
what was cruelty to a cat might be cruelty to
a boy, too. She began to soften; she felt
sorry. Her eyes watered a little, and she put
her hand on Tom's head and said gently:

"I was meaning for the best, Tom. And,
Tom, it did do you good."

Tom looked up in her face with just a
perceptible twinkle peeping through his
gravity.

"I know you was meaning for the best,
aunty, and so was I with Peter. It done him
good, too. I never see him get around so
since --"

"Oh, go 'long with you, Tom, before you
aggravate me again. And you try and see if
you can't be a good boy, for once, and you

-49-

needn't take any more medicine."

Tom reached school ahead of time. It was
noticed that this strange thing had been
occurring every day latterly. And now, as
usual of late, he hung about the gate of the
schoolyard instead of playing with his
comrades. He was sick, he said, and he
looked it. He tried to seem to be looking
everywhere but whither he really was
looking down the road. Presently Jeff
Thatcher hove in sight, and Tom's face
lighted; he gazed a moment, and then
turned sorrowfully away. When Jeff arrived,
Tom accosted him; and "led up" warily to
opportunities for remark about Becky, but
the giddy lad never could see the bait. Tom
watched and watched, hoping whenever a
frisking frock came in sight, and hating the
owner of it as soon as he saw she was not
the right one. At last frocks ceased to
appear, and he dropped hopelessly into the
dumps; he entered the empty schoolhouse
and sat down to suffer. Then one more frock
passed in at the gate, and Tom's heart gave
a great bound. The next instant he was out,
and "going on" like an Indian; yelling,
laughing, chasing boys, jumping over the
fence at risk of life and limb, throwing
handsprings, standing on his head doing all
the heroic things he could conceive of, and
keeping a furtive eye out, all the while, to
see if Becky Thatcher was noticing. But she
seemed to be unconscious of it all; she
never looked. Could it be possible that she
was not aware that he was there? He
carried his exploits to her immediate
vicinity; came war-whooping around,
snatched a boy's cap, hurled it to the roof of
the schoolhouse, broke through a group of
boys, tumbling them in every direction, and
fell sprawling, himself, under Becky's nose,
almost upsetting her and she turned, with
her nose in the air, and he heard her say:
"Mf! some people think they're mighty smart
always showing off!"

Tom's cheeks burned. He gathered himself
up and sneaked off, crushed and
crestfallen.

Chapter XIII

Tom's mind was made up now. He was
gloomy and desperate. He was a forsaken,
friendless boy, he said; nobody loved him;
when they found out what they had driven
him to, perhaps they would be sorry; he had
tried to do right and get along, but they
would not let him; since nothing would do
them but to be rid of him, let it be so; and let
them blame him for the consequences why
shouldn't they? What right had the friendless
to complain? Yes, they had forced him to it
at last: he would lead a life of crime. There
was no choice.

By this time he was far down Meadow
Lane, and the bell for school to "take up"
tinkled faintly upon his ear. He sobbed,
now, to think he should never, never hear
that old familiar sound any more it was very
hard, but it was forced on him; since he was
driven out into the cold world, he must
submit but he forgave them. Then the sobs
came thick and fast.

Just at this point he met his soul's sworn
comrade, Joe Harper hard-eyed, and with
evidently a great and dismal purpose in his
heart. Plainly here were "two souls with but
a single thought." Tom, wiping his eyes with
his sleeve, began to blubber out something
about a resolution to escape from hard
usage and lack of sympathy at home by
roaming abroad into the great world never
to return; and ended by hoping that Joe
would not forget him.

But it transpired that this was a request
which Joe had just been going to make of
Tom, and had come to hunt him up for that
purpose. His mother had whipped him for

-50-

drinking some cream which he had never
tasted and knew nothing about; it was plain
that she was tired of him and wished him to
go; if she felt that way, there was nothing for
him to do but succumb; he hoped she would
be happy, and never regret having driven
her poor boy out into the unfeeling world to
suffer and die.

As the two boys walked sorrowing along,
they made a new compact to stand by each
other and be brothers and never separate till
death relieved them of their troubles. Then
they began to lay their plans. Joe was for
being a hermit, and living on crusts in a
remote cave, and dying, some time, of cold
and want and grief; but after listening to
Tom, he conceded that there were some
conspicuous advantages about a life of
crime, and so he consented to be a pirate.

Three miles below St. Petersburg, at a point
where the Mississippi River was a trifle
over a mile wide, there was a long, narrow,
wooded island, with a shallow bar at the
head of it, and this offered well as a
rendezvous. It was not inhabited; it lay far
over toward the further shore, abreast a
dense and almost wholly unpeopled forest.
So Jackson's Island was chosen. Who were
to be the subjects of their piracies was a
matter that did not occur to them. Then they
hunted up Huckleberry Finn, and he joined
them promptly, for all careers were one to
him; he was indifferent. They presently
separated to meet at a lonely spot on the
river-bank two miles above the village at the
favorite hour which was midnight. There
was a small log raft there which they meant
to capture. Each would bring hooks and
lines, and such provision as he could steal
in the most dark and mysterious way as
became outlaws. And before the afternoon
was done, they had all managed to enjoy
the sweet glory of spreading the fact that
pretty soon the town would "hear

something." All who got this vague hint were
cautioned to "be mum and wait."

About midnight Tom arrived with a boiled
ham and a few trifles, and stopped in a
dense undergrowth on a small bluff
overlooking the meeting-place. It was
starlight, and very still. The mighty river lay
like an ocean at rest. Tom listened a
moment, but no sound disturbed the quiet.
Then he gave a low, distinct whistle. It was
answered from under the bluff. Tom
whistled twice more; these signals were
answered in the same way. Then a guarded
voice said:

"Who goes there?"

"Tom Sawyer, the Black Avenger of the
Spanish Main. Name your names."

"Huck Finn the Red-Handed, and Joe
Harper the Terror of the Seas." Tom had
furnished these titles, from his favorite
literature.

"'Tis well. Give the countersign."

Two hoarse whispers delivered the same
awful word simultaneously to the brooding
night:

"Blood!"

Then Tom tumbled his ham over the bluff
and let himself down after it, tearing both
skin and clothes to some extent in the effort.
There was an easy, comfortable path along
the shore under the bluff, but it lacked the
advantages of difficulty and danger so
valued by a pirate.

The Terror of the Seas had brought a side
of bacon, and had about worn himself out
with getting it there. Finn the Red-Handed
had stolen a skillet and a quantity of half-

-51-

cured leaf tobacco, and had also brought a
few corn-cobs to make pipes with. But
none of the pirates smoked or "chewed" but
himself. The Black Avenger of the Spanish
Main said it would never do to start without
some fire. That was a wise thought;
matches were hardly known there in that
day. They saw a fire smouldering upon a
great raft a hundred yards above, and they
went stealthily thither and helped
themselves to a chunk. They made an
imposing adventure of it, saying, "Hist!"
every now and then, and suddenly halting
with finger on lip; moving with hands on
imaginary dagger-hilts; and giving orders in
dismal whispers that if "the foe" stirred, to
"let him have it to the hilt," because "dead
men tell no tales." They knew well enough
that the raftsmen were all down at the village
laying in stores or having a spree, but still
that was no excuse for their conducting this
thing in an unpiratical way.

They shoved off, presently, Tom in
command, Huck at the after oar and Joe at
the forward. Tom stood amidships, gloomy-
browed, and with folded arms, and gave his
orders in a low, stern whisper:

"Luff, and bring her to the wind!"

"Aye-aye, sir!"

"Steady, steady-y-y-y!"

"Steady it is, sir!"

"Let her go off a point!"

"Point it is, sir!"

As the boys steadily and monotonously
drove the raft toward mid-stream it was no
doubt understood that these orders were
given only for "style," and were not intended
to mean anything in particular.

"What sail's she carrying?"

"Courses, tops'ls, and flying-jib, sir."

"Send the r'yals up! Lay out aloft, there, half
a dozen of ye foretopmaststuns'l! Lively,
now!"

"Aye-aye, sir!"

"Shake out that maintogalans'l! Sheets and
braces! Now my hearties!"

"Aye-aye, sir!"

"Hellum-a-lee hard a port! Stand by to meet
her when she comes! Port, port! Now, men!
With a will! Stead-y-y-y!"

"Steady it is, sir!"

The raft drew beyond the middle of the river;
the boys pointed her head right, and then lay
on their oars. The river was not high, so
there was not more than a two or three mile
current. Hardly a word was said during the
next three-quarters of an hour. Now the raft
was passing before the distant town. Two
or three glimmering lights showed where it
lay, peacefully sleeping, beyond the vague
vast sweep of star-gemmed water,
unconscious of the tremendous event that
was happening. The Black Avenger stood
still with folded arms, "looking his last" upon
the scene of his former joys and his later
sufferings, and wishing "she" could see him
now, abroad on the wild sea, facing peril
and death with dauntless heart, going to his
doom with a grim smile on his lips. It was but
a small strain on his imagination to remove
Jackson's Island beyond eyeshot of the
village, and so he "looked his last" with a
broken and satisfied heart. The other
pirates were looking their last, too; and they
all looked so long that they came near letting
the current drift them out of the range of the

-52-

island. But they discovered the danger in
time, and made shift to avert it. About two
o'clock in the morning the raft grounded on
the bar two hundred yards above the head
of the island, and they waded back and
forth until they had landed their freight. Part
of the little raft's belongings consisted of an
old sail, and this they spread over a nook in
the bushes for a tent to shelter their
provisions; but they themselves would sleep
in the open air in good weather, as became
outlaws.

They built a fire against the side of a great
log twenty or thirty steps within the sombre
depths of the forest, and then cooked some
bacon in the frying-pan for supper, and
used up half of the corn "pone" stock they
had brought. It seemed glorious sport to be
feasting in that wild, free way in the virgin
forest of an unexplored and uninhabited
island, far from the haunts of men, and they
said they never would return to civilization.
The climbing fire lit up their faces and threw
its ruddy glare upon the pillared tree-trunks
of their forest temple, and upon the
varnished foliage and festooning vines.

When the last crisp slice of bacon was gone,
and the last allowance of corn pone
devoured, the boys stretched themselves
out on the grass, filled with contentment.
They could have found a cooler place, but
they would not deny themselves such a
romantic feature as the roasting camp-fire.

"Ain't it gay?" said Joe.

"It's nuts!" said Tom. "What would the boys
say if they could see us?"

"Say? Well, they'd just die to be here hey,
Hucky!"

"I reckon so," said Huckleberry; "anyways,
I'm suited. I don't want nothing better'n this. I

don't ever get enough to eat, gen'ally and
here they can't come and pick at a feller and
bullyrag him so."

"It's just the life for me," said Tom. "You
don't have to get up, mornings, and you
don't have to go to school, and wash, and
all that blame foolishness. You see a pirate
don't have to do anything, Joe, when he's
ashore, but a hermit he has to be praying
considerable, and then he don't have any
fun, anyway, all by himself that way."

"Oh yes, that's so," said Joe, "but I hadn't
thought much about it, you know. I'd a good
deal rather be a pirate, now that I've tried it."

"You see," said Tom, "people don't go much
on hermits, nowadays, like they used to in
old times, but a pirate's always respected.
And a hermit's got to sleep on the hardest
place he can find, and put sackcloth and
ashes on his head, and stand out in the rain,
and --"

"What does he put sackcloth and ashes on
his head for?" inquired Huck.

"I dono. But they've got to do it. Hermits
always do. You'd have to do that if you was
a hermit."

"Dern'd if I would," said Huck.

"Well, what would you do?"

"I dono. But I wouldn't do that."

"Why, Huck, you'd have to. How'd you get
around it?"

"Why, I just wouldn't stand it. I'd run away."

"Run away! Well, you would be a nice old
slouch of a hermit. You'd be a disgrace."

-53-

The Red-Handed made no response,
being better employed. He had finished
gouging out a cob, and now he fitted a
weed stem to it, loaded it with tobacco, and
was pressing a coal to the charge and
blowing a cloud of fragrant smoke he was in
the full bloom of luxurious contentment. The
other pirates envied him this majestic vice,
and secretly resolved to acquire it shortly.
Presently Huck said:

"What does pirates have to do?"

Tom said:

"Oh, they have just a bully time take ships
and burn them, and get the money and bury
it in awful places in their island where
there's ghosts and things to watch it, and kill
everybody in the ships make 'em walk a
plank."

"And they carry the women to the island,"
said Joe; "they don't kill the women."

"No," assented Tom, "they don't kill the
women they're too noble. And the women's
always beautiful, too.

"And don't they wear the bulliest clothes! Oh
no! All gold and silver and di'monds," said
Joe, with enthusiasm.

"Who?" said Huck.

"Why, the pirates."

Huck scanned his own clothing forlornly.

"I reckon I ain't dressed fitten for a pirate,"
said he, with a regretful pathos in his voice;
"but I ain't got none but these."

But the other boys told him the fine clothes
would come fast enough, after they should
have begun their adventures. They made

him understand that his poor rags would do
to begin with, though it was customary for
wealthy pirates to start with a proper
wardrobe.

Gradually their talk died out and drowsiness
began to steal upon the eyelids of the little
waifs. The pipe dropped from the fingers of
the Red-Handed, and he slept the sleep of
the conscience-free and the weary. The
Terror of the Seas and the Black Avenger of
the Spanish Main had more difficulty in
getting to sleep. They said their prayers
inwardly, and lying down, since there was
nobody there with authority to make them
kneel and recite aloud; in truth, they had a
mind not to say them at all, but they were
afraid to proceed to such lengths as that,
lest they might call down a sudden and
special thunderbolt from heaven. Then at
once they reached and hovered upon the
imminent verge of sleep but an intruder
came, now, that would not "down." It was
conscience. They began to feel a vague
fear that they had been doing wrong to run
away; and next they thought of the stolen
meat, and then the real torture came. They
tried to argue it away by reminding
conscience that they had purloined
sweetmeats and apples scores of times;
but conscience was not to be appeased by
such thin plausibilities; it seemed to them, in
the end, that there was no getting around
the stubborn fact that taking sweetmeats
was only "hooking," while taking bacon and
hams and such valuables was plain simple
stealing and there was a command against
that in the Bible. So they inwardly resolved
that so long as they remained in the
business, their piracies should not again be
sullied with the crime of stealing. Then
conscience granted a truce, and these
curiously inconsistent pirates fell peacefully
to sleep.

Chapter XIV

-54-

When Tom awoke in the morning, he
wondered where he was. He sat up and
rubbed his eyes and looked around. Then
he comprehended. It was the cool gray
dawn, and there was a delicious sense of
repose and peace in the deep pervading
calm and silence of the woods. Not a leaf
stirred; not a sound obtruded upon great
Nature's meditation. Beaded dewdrops
stood upon the leaves and grasses. A white
layer of ashes covered the fire, and a thin
blue breath of smoke rose straight into the
air. Joe and Huck still slept.

Now, far away in the woods a bird called;
another answered; presently the
hammering of a woodpecker was heard.
Gradually the cool dim gray of the morning
whitened, and as gradually sounds
multiplied and life manifested itself. The
marvel of Nature shaking off sleep and
going to work unfolded itself to the musing
boy. A little green worm came crawling over
a dewy leaf, lifting two-thirds of his body
into the air from time to time and "sniffing
around," then proceeding again for he was
measuring, Tom said; and when the worm
approached him, of its own accord, he sat
as still as a stone, with his hopes rising and
falling, by turns, as the creature still came
toward him or seemed inclined to go
elsewhere; and when at last it considered a
painful moment with its curved body in the
air and then came decisively down upon
Tom's leg and began a journey over him,
his whole heart was glad for that meant that
he was going to have a new suit of clothes
without the shadow of a doubt a gaudy
piratical uniform. Now a procession of ants
appeared, from nowhere in particular, and
went about their labors; one struggled
manfully by with a dead spider five times as
big as itself in its arms, and lugged it
straight up a tree-trunk. A brown spotted
lady-bug climbed the dizzy height of a grass
blade, and Tom bent down close to it and

said, "Lady-bug, lady-bug, fly away home,
your house is on fire, your children's alone,"
and she took wing and went off to see about
it which did not surprise the boy, for he
knew of old that this insect was credulous
about conflagrations, and he had practised
upon its simplicity more than once. A
tumblebug came next, heaving sturdily at its
ball, and Tom touched the creature, to see it
shut its legs against its body and pretend to
be dead. The birds were fairly rioting by this
time. A catbird, the Northern mocker, lit in a
tree over Tom's head, and trilled out her
imitations of her neighbors in a rapture of
enjoyment; then a shrill jay swept down, a
flash of blue flame, and stopped on a twig
almost within the boy's reach, cocked his
head to one side and eyed the strangers
with a consuming curiosity; a gray squirrel
and a big fellow of the "fox" kind came
skurrying along, sitting up at intervals to
inspect and chatter at the boys, for the wild
things had probably never seen a human
being before and scarcely knew whether to
be afraid or not. All Nature was wide awake
and stirring, now; long lances of sunlight
pierced down through the dense foliage far
and near, and a few butterflies came
fluttering upon the scene.

Tom stirred up the other pirates and they all
clattered away with a shout, and in a minute
or two were stripped and chasing after and
tumbling over each other in the shallow
limpid water of the white sandbar. They felt
no longing for the little village sleeping in the
distance beyond the majestic waste of
water. A vagrant current or a slight rise in the
river had carried off their raft, but this only
gratified them, since its going was
something like burning the bridge between
them and civilization.

They came back to camp wonderfully
refreshed, glad-hearted, and ravenous;
and they soon had the camp-fire blazing up

-55-

again. Huck found a spring of clear cold
water close by, and the boys made cups of
broad oak or hickory leaves, and felt that
water, sweetened with such a wildwood
charm as that, would be a good enough
substitute for coffee. While Joe was slicing
bacon for breakfast, Tom and Huck asked
him to hold on a minute; they stepped to a
promising nook in the river-bank and threw
in their lines; almost immediately they had
reward. Joe had not had time to get
impatient before they were back again with
some handsome bass, a couple of sun-
perch and a small catfish provisions enough
for quite a family. They fried the fish with the
bacon, and were astonished; for no fish
had ever seemed so delicious before. They
did not know that the quicker a fresh-water
fish is on the fire after he is caught the better
he is; and they reflected little upon what a
sauce open-air sleeping, open-air
exercise, bathing, and a large ingredient of
hunger make, too.

They lay around in the shade, after
breakfast, while Huck had a smoke, and
then went off through the woods on an
exploring expedition. They tramped gayly
along, over decaying logs, through tangled
underbrush, among solemn monarchs of
the forest, hung from their crowns to the
ground with a drooping regalia of grape-
vines. Now and then they came upon snug
nooks carpeted with grass and jeweled
with flowers.

They found plenty of things to be delighted
with, but nothing to be astonished at. They
discovered that the island was about three
miles long and a quarter of a mile wide, and
that the shore it lay closest to was only
separated from it by a narrow channel
hardly two hundred yards wide. They took a
swim about every hour, so it was close upon
the middle of the afternoon when they got
back to camp. They were too hungry to stop

to fish, but they fared sumptuously upon
cold ham, and then threw themselves down
in the shade to talk. But the talk soon began
to drag, and then died. The stillness, the
solemnity that brooded in the woods, and
the sense of loneliness, began to tell upon
the spirits of the boys. They fell to thinking. A
sort of undefined longing crept upon them.
This took dim shape, presently it was
budding homesickness. Even Finn the Red-
Handed was dreaming of his doorsteps
and empty hogsheads. But they were all
ashamed of their weakness, and none was
brave enough to speak his thought.

For some time, now, the boys had been
dully conscious of a peculiar sound in the
distance, just as one sometimes is of the
ticking of a clock which he takes no distinct
note of. But now this mysterious sound
became more pronounced, and forced a
recognition. The boys started, glanced at
each other, and then each assumed a
listening attitude. There was a long silence,
profound and unbroken; then a deep, sullen
boom came floating down out of the
distance.

"What is it!" exclaimed Joe, under his breath.

"I wonder," said Tom in a whisper.

"'Tain't thunder," said Huckleberry, in an
awed tone, "becuz thunder --"

"Hark!" said Tom. "Listen don't talk."

They waited a time that seemed an age,
and then the same muffled boom troubled
the solemn hush.

"Let's go and see."

They sprang to their feet and hurried to the
shore toward the town. They parted the
bushes on the bank and peered out over the

-56-

water. The little steam ferryboat was about
a mile below the village, drifting with the
current. Her broad deck seemed crowded
with people. There were a great many skiffs
rowing about or floating with the stream in
the neighborhood of the ferryboat, but the
boys could not determine what the men in
them were doing. Presently a great jet of
white smoke burst from the ferryboat's
side, and as it expanded and rose in a lazy
cloud, that same dull throb of sound was
borne to the listeners again.

"I know now!" exclaimed Tom; "somebody's
drownded!"

"That's it!" said Huck; "they done that last
summer, when Bill Turner got drownded;
they shoot a cannon over the water, and that
makes him come up to the top. Yes, and
they take loaves of bread and put
quicksilver in 'em and set 'em afloat, and
wherever there's anybody that's drownded,
they'll float right there and stop."

"Yes, I've heard about that," said Joe. "I
wonder what makes the bread do that."

"Oh, it ain't the bread, so much," said Tom;
"I reckon it's mostly what they say over it
before they start it out."

"But they don't say anything over it," said
Huck. "I've seen 'em and they don't."

"Well, that's funny," said Tom. "But maybe
they say it to themselves. Of course they do.
Anybody might know that."

The other boys agreed that there was
reason in what Tom said, because an
ignorant lump of bread, uninstructed by an
incantation, could not be expected to act
very intelligently when set upon an errand of
such gravity.

"By jings, I wish I was over there, now," said
Joe.

"I do too" said Huck "I'd give heaps to know
who it is."

The boys still listened and watched.
Presently a revealing thought flashed
through Tom's mind, and he exclaimed:

"Boys, I know who's drownded it's us!"

They felt like heroes in an instant. Here was
a gorgeous triumph; they were missed; they
were mourned; hearts were breaking on
their account; tears were being shed;
accusing memories of unkindness to these
poor lost lads were rising up, and unavailing
regrets and remorse were being indulged;
and best of all, the departed were the talk of
the whole town, and the envy of all the boys,
as far as this dazzling notoriety was
concerned. This was fine. It was worth while
to be a pirate, after all.

As twilight drew on, the ferryboat went back
to her accustomed business and the skiffs
disappeared. The pirates returned to camp.
They were jubilant with vanity over their new
grandeur and the illustrious trouble they
were making. They caught fish, cooked
supper and ate it, and then fell to guessing
at what the village was thinking and saying
about them; and the pictures they drew of
the public distress on their account were
gratifying to look upon from their point of
view. But when the shadows of night closed
them in, they gradually ceased to talk, and
sat gazing into the fire, with their minds
evidently wandering elsewhere. The
excitement was gone, now, and Tom and
Joe could not keep back thoughts of certain
persons at home who were not enjoying
this fine frolic as much as they were.
Misgivings came; they grew troubled and
unhappy; a sigh or two escaped, unawares.

-57-

By and by Joe timidly ventured upon a
roundabout "feeler" as to how the others
might look upon a return to civilization not
right now, but

Tom withered him with derision! Huck,
being uncommitted as yet, joined in with
Tom, and the waverer quickly "explained,"
and was glad to get out of the scrape with
as little taint of chicken-hearted
homesickness clinging to his garments as
he could. Mutiny was effectually laid to rest
for the moment.

As the night deepened, Huck began to nod,
and presently to snore. Joe followed next.
Tom lay upon his elbow motionless, for
some time, watching the two intently. At last
he got up cautiously, on his knees, and went
searching among the grass and the
flickering reflections flung by the camp-fire.
He picked up and inspected several large
semi-cylinders of the thin white bark of a
sycamore, and finally chose two which
seemed to suit him. Then he knelt by the fire
and painfully wrote something upon each of
these with his "red keel"; one he rolled up
and put in his jacket pocket, and the other
he put in Joe's hat and removed it to a little
distance from the owner. And he also put
into the hat certain schoolboy treasures of
almost inestimable value among them a
lump of chalk, an India-rubber ball, three
fishhooks, and one of that kind of marbles
known as a "sure 'nough crystal." Then he
tiptoed his way cautiously among the trees
till he felt that he was out of hearing, and
straightway broke into a keen run in the
direction of the sandbar.

Chapter XV

A few minutes later Tom was in the shoal
water of the bar, wading toward the Illinois
shore. Before the depth reached his middle
he was half-way over; the current would

permit no more wading, now, so he struck
out confidently to swim the remaining
hundred yards. He swam quartering
upstream, but still was swept downward
rather faster than he had expected.
However, he reached the shore finally, and
drifted along till he found a low place and
drew himself out. He put his hand on his
jacket pocket, found his piece of bark safe,
and then struck through the woods,
following the shore, with streaming
garments. Shortly before ten o'clock he
came out into an open place opposite the
village, and saw the ferryboat lying in the
shadow of the trees and the high bank.
Everything was quiet under the blinking
stars. He crept down the bank, watching
with all his eyes, slipped into the water,
swam three or four strokes and climbed into
the skiff that did "yawl" duty at the boat's
stern. He laid himself down under the
thwarts and waited, panting.

Presently the cracked bell tapped and a
voice gave the order to "cast off." A minute
or two later the skiff's head was standing
high up, against the boat's swell, and the
voyage was begun. Tom felt happy in his
success, for he knew it was the boat's last
trip for the night. At the end of a long twelve
or fifteen minutes the wheels stopped, and
Tom slipped overboard and swam ashore
in the dusk, landing fifty yards downstream,
out of danger of possible stragglers.

He flew along unfrequented alleys, and
shortly found himself at his aunt's back
fence. He climbed over, approached the
"ell," and looked in at the sitting-room
window, for a light was burning there. There
sat Aunt Polly, Sid, Mary, and Joe Harper's
mother, grouped together, talking. They
were by the bed, and the bed was between
them and the door. Tom went to the door
and began to softly lift the latch; then he
pressed gently and the door yielded a

-58-

crack; he continued pushing cautiously, and
quaking every time it creaked, till he judged
he might squeeze through on his knees; so
he put his head through and began, warily.

"What makes the candle blow so?" said Aunt
Polly. Tom hurried up. "Why, that door's
open, I believe. Why, of course it is. No end
of strange things now. Go 'long and shut it,
Sid."

Tom disappeared under the bed just in
time. He lay and "breathed" himself for a
time, and then crept to where he could
almost touch his aunt's foot.

"But as I was saying," said Aunt Polly, "he
warn't bad, so to say only mischeevous.
Only just giddy, and harum-scarum, you
know. He warn't any more responsible than
a colt. He never meant any harm, and he
was the best-hearted boy that ever was"
and she began to cry.

"It was just so with my Joe always full of his
devilment, and up to every kind of mischief,
but he was just as unselfish and kind as he
could be and laws bless me, to think I went
and whipped him for taking that cream,
never once recollecting that I throwed it out
myself because it was sour, and I never to
see him again in this world, never, never,
never, poor abused boy!" And Mrs. Harper
sobbed as if her heart would break.

"I hope Tom's better off where he is," said
Sid, "but if he'd been better in some ways --
"

"Sid!" Tom felt the glare of the old lady's
eye, though he could not see it. "Not a word
against my Tom, now that he's gone! God'll
take care of him never you trouble yourself,
sir! Oh, Mrs. Harper, I don't know how to
give him up! I don't know how to give him
up! He was such a comfort to me, although

he tormented my old heart out of me, 'most."

"The Lord giveth and the Lord hath taken
away Blessed be the name of the Lord! But
it's so hard Oh, it's so hard! Only last
Saturday my Joe busted a firecracker right
under my nose and I knocked him
sprawling. Little did I know then, how soon
Oh, if it was to do over again I'd hug him and
bless him for it."

"Yes, yes, yes, I know just how you feel,
Mrs. Harper, I know just exactly how you
feel. No longer ago than yesterday noon, my
Tom took and filled the cat full of Pain-killer,
and I did think the cretur would tear the
house down. And God forgive me, I cracked
Tom's head with my thimble, poor boy, poor
dead boy. But he's out of all his troubles
now. And the last words I ever heard him
say was to reproach --"

But this memory was too much for the old
lady, and she broke entirely down. Tom was
snuffling, now, himself and more in pity of
himself than anybody else. He could hear
Mary crying, and putting in a kindly word for
him from time to time. He began to have a
nobler opinion of himself than ever before.
Still, he was sufficiently touched by his
aunt's grief to long to rush out from under
the bed and overwhelm her with joy and the
theatrical gorgeousness of the thing
appealed strongly to his nature, too, but he
resisted and lay still.

He went on listening, and gathered by odds
and ends that it was conjectured at first that
the boys had got drowned while taking a
swim; then the small raft had been missed;
next, certain boys said the missing lads had
promised that the village should "hear
something" soon; the wise-heads had "put
this and that together" and decided that the
lads had gone off on that raft and would turn
up at the next town below, presently; but

-59-

toward noon the raft had been found,
lodged against the Missouri shore some
five or six miles below the village and then
hope perished; they must be drowned, else
hunger would have driven them home by
nightfall if not sooner. It was believed that
the search for the bodies had been a
fruitless effort merely because the drowning
must have occurred in midchannel, since
the boys, being good swimmers, would
otherwise have escaped to shore. This was
Wednesday night. If the bodies continued
missing until Sunday, all hope would be
given over, and the funerals would be
preached on that morning. Tom shuddered.

Mrs. Harper gave a sobbing good-night
and turned to go. Then with a mutual
impulse the two bereaved women flung
themselves into each other's arms and had
a good, consoling cry, and then parted. Aunt
Polly was tender far beyond her wont, in her
good-night to Sid and Mary. Sid snuffled a
bit and Mary went off crying with all her
heart.

Aunt Polly knelt down and prayed for Tom
so touchingly, so appealingly, and with such
measureless love in her words and her old
trembling voice, that he was weltering in
tears again, long before she was through.

He had to keep still long after she went to
bed, for she kept making broken-hearted
ejaculations from time to time, tossing
unrestfully, and turning over. But at last she
was still, only moaning a little in her sleep.
Now the boy stole out, rose gradually by the
bedside, shaded the candle-light with his
hand, and stood regarding her. His heart
was full of pity for her. He took out his
sycamore scroll and placed it by the candle.
But something occurred to him, and he
lingered considering. His face lighted with a
happy solution of his thought; he put the
bark hastily in his pocket. Then he bent over

and kissed the faded lips, and straightway
made his stealthy exit, latching the door
behind him.

He threaded his way back to the ferry
landing, found nobody at large there, and
walked boldly on board the boat, for he
knew she was tenantless except that there
was a watchman, who always turned in and
slept like a graven image. He untied the
skiff at the stern, slipped into it, and was
soon rowing cautiously upstream. When he
had pulled a mile above the village, he
started quartering across and bent himself
stoutly to his work. He hit the landing on the
other side neatly, for this was a familiar bit
of work to him. He was moved to capture
the skiff, arguing that it might be considered
a ship and therefore legitimate prey for a
pirate, but he knew a thorough search
would be made for it and that might end in
revelations. So he stepped ashore and
entered the woods.

He sat down and took a long rest, torturing
himself meanwhile to keep awake, and
then started warily down the home-stretch.
The night was far spent. It was broad
daylight before he found himself fairly
abreast the island bar. He rested again until
the sun was well up and gilding the great
river with its splendor, and then he plunged
into the stream. A little later he paused,
dripping, upon the threshold of the camp,
and heard Joe say:

"No, Tom's true-blue, Huck, and he'll come
back. He won't desert. He knows that would
be a disgrace to a pirate, and Tom's too
proud for that sort of thing. He's up to
something or other. Now I wonder what?"

"Well, the things is ours, anyway, ain't they?"

Pretty near, but not yet, Huck. The writing
says they are if he ain't back here to

-60-

breakfast."

"Which he is!" exclaimed Tom, with fine
dramatic effect, stepping grandly into
camp.

A sumptuous breakfast of bacon and fish
was shortly provided, and as the boys set to
work upon it, Tom recounted (and adorned)
his adventures. They were a vain and
boastful company of heroes when the tale
was done. Then Tom hid himself away in a
shady nook to sleep till noon, and the other
pirates got ready to fish and explore.

Chapter XVI

After dinner all the gang turned out to hunt
for turtle eggs on the bar. They went about
poking sticks into the sand, and when they
found a soft place they went down on their
knees and dug with their hands. Sometimes
they would take fifty or sixty eggs out of one
hole. They were perfectly round white things
a trifle smaller than an English walnut. They
had a famous fried-egg feast that night,
and another on Friday morning.

After breakfast they went whooping and
prancing out on the bar, and chased each
other round and round, shedding clothes as
they went, until they were naked, and then
continued the frolic far away up the shoal
water of the bar, against the stiff current,
which latter tripped their legs from under
them from time to time and greatly
increased the fun. And now and then they
stooped in a group and splashed water in
each other's faces with their palms,
gradually approaching each other, with
averted faces to avoid the strangling
sprays, and finally gripping and struggling
till the best man ducked his neighbor, and
then they all went under in a tangle of white
legs and arms and came up blowing,
sputtering, laughing, and gasping for breath

at one and the same time.

When they were well exhausted, they would
run out and sprawl on the dry, hot sand, and
lie there and cover themselves up with it,
and by and by break for the water again and
go through the original performance once
more. Finally it occurred to them that their
naked skin represented flesh-colored
"tights" very fairly; so they drew a ring in the
sand and had a circus with three clowns in
it, for none would yield this proudest post to
his neighbor.

Next they got their marbles and played
"knucks" and "ring-taw" and "keeps" till that
amusement grew stale. Then Joe and Huck
had another swim, but Tom would not
venture, because he found that in kicking off
his trousers he had kicked his string of
rattlesnake rattles off his ankle, and he
wondered how he had escaped cramp so
long without the protection of this
mysterious charm. He did not venture again
until he had found it, and by that time the
other boys were tired and ready to rest.
They gradually wandered apart, dropped
into the "dumps," and fell to gazing longingly
across the wide river to where the village lay
drowsing in the sun. Tom found himself
writing "Becky" in the sand with his big toe;
he scratched it out, and was angry with
himself for his weakness. But he wrote it
again, nevertheless; he could not help it. He
erased it once more and then took himself
out of temptation by driving the other boys
together and joining them.

But Joe's spirits had gone down almost
beyond resurrection. He was so homesick
that he could hardly endure the misery of it.
The tears lay very near the surface. Huck
was melancholy, too. Tom was
downhearted, but tried hard not to show it.
He had a secret which he was not ready to
tell, yet, but if this mutinous depression was

-61-

not broken up soon, he would have to bring
it out. He said, with a great show of
cheerfulness:

"I bet there's been pirates on this island
before, boys. We'll explore it again. They've
hid treasures here somewhere. How'd you
feel to light on a rotten chest full of gold and
silver hey?"

But it roused only faint enthusiasm, which
faded out, with no reply. Tom tried one or
two other seductions; but they failed, too. It
was discouraging work. Joe sat poking up
the sand with a stick and looking very
gloomy. Finally he said:

"Oh, boys, let's give it up. I want to go home.
It's so lonesome."

"Oh no, Joe, you'll feel better by and by,"
said Tom. "Just think of the fishing that's
here."

"I don't care for fishing. I want to go home."

"But, Joe, there ain't such another
swimming-place anywhere."

"Swimming's no good. I don't seem to care
for it, somehow, when there ain't anybody
to say I sha'n't go in. I mean to go home."

"Oh, shucks! Baby! You want to see your
mother, I reckon."

"Yes, I do want to see my mother and you
would, too, if you had one. I ain't any more
baby than you are." And Joe snuffled a little.

"Well, we'll let the cry-baby go home to his
mother, won't we, Huck? Poor thing does it
want to see its mother? And so it shall. You
like it here, don't you, Huck? We'll stay,
won't we?"

Huck said, "Y-e-s" without any heart in it.

"I'll never speak to you again as long as I
live," said Joe, rising. "There now!" And he
moved moodily away and began to dress
himself.

"Who cares!" said Tom. "Nobody wants you
to. Go 'long home and get laughed at. Oh,
you're a nice pirate. Huck and me ain't cry-
babies. We'll stay, won't we, Huck? Let him
go if he wants to. I reckon we can get along
without him, per'aps."

But Tom was uneasy, nevertheless, and
was alarmed to see Joe go sullenly on with
his dressing. And then it was discomforting
to see Huck eying Joe's preparations so
wistfully, and keeping up such an ominous
silence. Presently, without a parting word,
Joe began to wade off toward the Illinois
shore. Tom's heart began to sink. He
glanced at Huck. Huck could not bear the
look, and dropped his eyes. Then he said:

"I want to go, too, Tom. It was getting so
lonesome anyway, and now it'll be worse.
Let's us go, too, Tom."

"I won't! You can all go, if you want to. I
mean to stay."

"Tom, I better go."

"Well, go 'long who's hendering you."

Huck began to pick up his scattered clothes.
He said:

"Tom, I wisht you'd come, too. Now you
think it over. We'll wait for you when we get
to shore."

"Well, you'll wait a blame long time, that's
all."

-62-

Huck started sorrowfully away, and Tom
stood looking after him, with a strong desire
tugging at his heart to yield his pride and go
along too. He hoped the boys would stop,
but they still waded slowly on. It suddenly
dawned on Tom that it was become very
lonely and still. He made one final struggle
with his pride, and then darted after his
comrades, yelling:

"Wait! Wait! I want to tell you something!"

They presently stopped and turned around.
When he got to where they were, he began
unfolding his secret, and they listened
moodily till at last they saw the "point" he
was driving at, and then they set up a war-
whoop of applause and said it was
"splendid!" and said if he had told them at
first, they wouldn't have started away. He
made a plausible excuse; but his real
reason had been the fear that not even the
secret would keep them with him any very
great length of time, and so he had meant to
hold it in reserve as a last seduction.

The lads came gayly back and went at their
sports again with a will, chattering all the
time about Tom's stupendous plan and
admiring the genius of it. After a dainty egg
and fish dinner, Tom said he wanted to
learn to smoke, now. Joe caught at the idea
and said he would like to try, too. So Huck
made pipes and filled them. These novices
had never smoked anything before but
cigars made of grape-vine, and they "bit"
the tongue, and were not considered manly
anyway.

Now they stretched themselves out on their
elbows and began to puff, charily, and with
slender confidence. The smoke had an
unpleasant taste, and they gagged a little,
but Tom said:

"Why, it's just as easy! If I'd a knowed this

was all, I'd a learnt long ago."

"So would I," said Joe. "It's just nothing."

"Why, many a time I've looked at people
smoking, and thought well I wish I could do
that; but I never thought I could," said Tom.

"That's just the way with me, hain't it, Huck?
You've heard me talk just that way haven't
you, Huck? I'll leave it to Huck if I haven't."

"Yes heaps of times," said Huck.

"Well, I have too," said Tom; "oh, hundreds
of times. Once down by the slaughter-
house. Don't you remember, Huck? Bob
Tanner was there, and Johnny Miller, and
Jeff Thatcher, when I said it. Don't you
remember, Huck, 'bout me saying that?"

"Yes, that's so," said Huck. "That was the
day after I lost a white alley. No, 'twas the
day before."

"There I told you so," said Tom. "Huck
recollects it."

"I bleeve I could smoke this pipe all day,"
said Joe. "I don't feel sick."

"Neither do I," said Tom. "I could smoke it all
day. But I bet you Jeff Thatcher couldn't."

"Jeff Thatcher! Why, he'd keel over just with
two draws. Just let him try it once. He'd
see!"

"I bet he would. And Johnny Miller I wish
could see Johnny Miller tackle it once."

"Oh, don't I!" said Joe. "Why, I bet you
Johnny Miller couldn't any more do this than
nothing. Just one little snifter would fetch
him."

-63-

"'Deed it would, Joe. Say I wish the boys
could see us now."

"So do I."

"Say boys, don't say anything about it, and
some time when they're around, I'll come up
to you and say, 'Joe, got a pipe? I want a
smoke.' And you'll say, kind of careless
like, as if it warn't anything, you'll say, 'Yes,
I got my old pipe, and another one, but my
tobacker ain't very good.' And I'll say, 'Oh,
that's all right, if it's strong enough.' And
then you'll out with the pipes, and we'll light
up just as ca'm, and then just see 'em
look!"

"By jings, that'll be gay, Tom! I wish it was
Now!"

"So do I! And when we tell 'em we learned
when we was off pirating, won't they wish
they'd been along?"

"Oh, I reckon not! I'll just bet they will!"

So the talk ran on. But presently it began to
flag a trifle, and grow disjointed. The
silences widened; the expectoration
marvellously increased. Every pore inside
the boys' cheeks became a spouting
fountain; they could scarcely bail out the
cellars under their tongues fast enough to
prevent an inundation; little overflowings
down their throats occurred in spite of all
they could do, and sudden retchings
followed every time. Both boys were
looking very pale and miserable, now.
Joe's pipe dropped from his nerveless
fingers. Tom's followed. Both fountains
were going furiously and both pumps
bailing with might and main. Joe said
feebly:

"I've lost my knife. I reckon I better go and
find it."

Tom said, with quivering lips and halting
utterance:

"I'll help you. You go over that way and I'll
hunt around by the spring. No, you needn't
come, Huck we can find it."

So Huck sat down again, and waited an
hour. Then he found it lonesome, and went
to find his comrades. They were wide apart
in the woods, both very pale, both fast
asleep. But something informed him that if
they had had any trouble they had got rid of
it.

They were not talkative at supper that night.
They had a humble look, and when Huck
prepared his pipe after the meal and was
going to prepare theirs, they said no, they
were not feeling very well something they
ate at dinner had disagreed with them.

About midnight Joe awoke, and called the
boys. There was a brooding
oppressiveness in the air that seemed to
bode something. The boys huddled
themselves together and sought the friendly
companionship of the fire, though the dull
dead heat of the breathless atmosphere
was stifling. They sat still, intent and waiting.
The solemn hush continued. Beyond the
light of the fire everything was swallowed up
in the blackness of darkness. Presently
there came a quivering glow that vaguely
revealed the foliage for a moment and then
vanished. By and by another came, a little
stronger. Then another. Then a faint moan
came sighing through the branches of the
forest and the boys felt a fleeting breath
upon their cheeks, and shuddered with the
fancy that the Spirit of the Night had gone
by. There was a pause. Now a weird flash
turned night into day and showed every little
grass-blade, separate and distinct, that
grew about their feet. And it showed three
white, startled faces, too. A deep peal of

-64-

thunder went rolling and tumbling down the
heavens and lost itself in sullen rumblings in
the distance. A sweep of chilly air passed
by, rustling all the leaves and snowing the
flaky ashes broadcast about the fire.
Another fierce glare lit up the forest and an
instant crash followed that seemed to rend
the tree-tops right over the boys' heads.
They clung together in terror, in the thick
gloom that followed. A few big rain-drops
fell pattering upon the leaves.

"Quick! boys, go for the tent!" exclaimed
Tom.

They sprang away, stumbling over roots
and among vines in the dark, no two
plunging in the same direction. A furious
blast roared through the trees, making
everything sing as it went. One blinding
flash after another came, and peal on peal
of deafening thunder. And now a drenching
rain poured down and the rising hurricane
drove it in sheets along the ground. The
boys cried out to each other, but the roaring
wind and the booming thunder-blasts
drowned their voices utterly. However, one
by one they straggled in at last and took
shelter under the tent, cold, scared, and
streaming with water; but to have company
in misery seemed something to be grateful
for. They could not talk, the old sail flapped
so furiously, even if the other noises would
have allowed them. The tempest rose
higher and higher, and presently the sail
tore loose from its fastenings and went
winging away on the blast. The boys seized
each others' hands and fled, with many
tumblings and bruises, to the shelter of a
great oak that stood upon the river-bank.
Now the battle was at its highest. Under the
ceaseless conflagration of lightning that
flamed in the skies, everything below stood
out in clean-cut and shadowless
distinctness: the bending trees, the billowy
river, white with foam, the driving spray of

spume-flakes, the dim outlines of the high
bluffs on the other side, glimpsed through
the drifting cloud-rack and the slanting veil
of rain. Every little while some giant tree
yielded the fight and fell crashing through
the younger growth; and the unflagging
thunder-peals came now in ear-splitting
explosive bursts, keen and sharp, and
unspeakably appalling. The storm
culminated in one matchless effort that
seemed likely to tear the island to pieces,
burn it up, drown it to the tree-tops, blow it
away, and deafen every creature in it, all at
one and the same moment. It was a wild
night for homeless young heads to be out in.

But at last the battle was done, and the
forces retired with weaker and weaker
threatenings and grumblings, and peace
resumed her sway. The boys went back to
camp, a good deal awed; but they found
there was still something to be thankful for,
because the great sycamore, the shelter of
their beds, was a ruin, now, blasted by the
lightnings, and they were not under it when
the catastrophe happened.

Everything in camp was drenched, the
camp-fire as well; for they were but
heedless lads, like their generation, and
had made no provision against rain. Here
was matter for dismay, for they were
soaked through and chilled. They were
eloquent in their distress; but they presently
discovered that the fire had eaten so far up
under the great log it had been built against
(where it curved upward and separated
itself from the ground), that a handbreadth
or so of it had escaped wetting; so they
patiently wrought until, with shreds and bark
gathered from the under sides of sheltered
logs, they coaxed the fire to burn again.
Then they piled on great dead boughs till
they had a roaring furnace, and were glad-
hearted once more. They dried their boiled
ham and had a feast, and after that they sat

-65-

by the fire and expanded and glorified their
midnight adventure until morning, for there
was not a dry spot to sleep on, anywhere
around.

As the sun began to steal in upon the boys,
drowsiness came over them, and they went
out on the sandbar and lay down to sleep.
They got scorched out by and by, and
drearily set about getting breakfast. After
the meal they felt rusty, and stiff-jointed,
and a little homesick once more. Tom saw
the signs, and fell to cheering up the pirates
as well as he could. But they cared nothing
for marbles, or circus, or swimming, or
anything. He reminded them of the
imposing secret, and raised a ray of cheer.
While it lasted, he got them interested in a
new device. This was to knock off being
pirates, for a while, and be Indians for a
change. They were attracted by this idea;
so it was not long before they were
stripped, and striped from head to heel with
black mud, like so many zebras all of them
chiefs, of course and then they went tearing
through the woods to attack an English
settlement.

By and by they separated into three hostile
tribes, and darted upon each other from
ambush with dreadful war-whoops, and
killed and scalped each other by thousands.
It was a gory day. Consequently it was an
extremely satisfactory one.

They assembled in camp toward supper-
time, hungry and happy; but now a difficulty
arose hostile Indians could not break the
bread of hospitality together without first
making peace, and this was a simple
impossibility without smoking a pipe of
peace. There was no other process that
ever they had heard of. Two of the savages
almost wished they had remained pirates.
However, there was no other way; so with
such show of cheerfulness as they could

muster they called for the pipe and took their
whiff as it passed, in due form.

And behold, they were glad they had gone
into savagery, for they had gained
something; they found that they could now
smoke a little without having to go and hunt
for a lost knife; they did not get sick enough
to be seriously uncomfortable. They were
not likely to fool away this high promise for
lack of effort. No, they practised cautiously,
after supper, with right fair success, and so
they spent a jubilant evening. They were
prouder and happier in their new
acquirement than they would have been in
the scalping and skinning of the Six Nations.
We will leave them to smoke and chatter and
brag, since we have no further use for them
at present.

Chapter XVII

But there was no hilarity in the little town that
same tranquil Saturday afternoon. The
Harpers, and Aunt Polly's family, were
being put into mourning, with great grief and
many tears. An unusual quiet possessed the
village, although it was ordinarily quiet
enough, in all conscience. The villagers
conducted their concerns with an absent
air, and talked little; but they sighed often.
The Saturday holiday seemed a burden to
the children. They had no heart in their
sports, and gradually gave them up.

In the afternoon Becky Thatcher found
herself moping about the deserted
schoolhouse yard, and feeling very
melancholy. But she found nothing there to
comfort her. She soliloquized:

"Oh, if I only had a brass andiron-knob
again! But I haven't got anything now to
remember him by." And she choked back a
little sob.

-66-

Presently she stopped, and said to herself:

"It was right here. Oh, if it was to do over
again, I wouldn't say that I wouldn't say it for
the whole world. But he's gone now; I'll
never, never, never see him any more."

This thought broke her down, and she
wandered away, with tears rolling down her
cheeks. Then quite a group of boys and girls
playmates of Tom's and Joe's came by,
and stood looking over the paling fence and
talking in reverent tones of how Tom did so-
and-so the last time they saw him, and how
Joe said this and that small trifle (pregnant
with awful prophecy, as they could easily
see now!) and each speaker pointed out the
exact spot where the lost lads stood at the
time, and then added something like "and I
was a-standing just so just as I am now,
and as if you was him I was as close as that
and he smiled, just this way and then
something seemed to go all over me, like
awful, you know and I never thought what it
meant, of course, but I can see now!"

Then there was a dispute about who saw
the dead boys last in life, and many claimed
that dismal distinction, and offered
evidences, more or less tampered with by
the witness; and when it was ultimately
decided who did see the departed last, and
exchanged the last words with them, the
lucky parties took upon themselves a sort of
sacred importance, and were gaped at and
envied by all the rest. One poor chap, who
had no other grandeur to offer, said with
tolerably manifest pride in the
remembrance:

"Well, Tom Sawyer he licked me once."

But that bid for glory was a failure. Most of
the boys could say that, and so that
cheapened the distinction too much. The
group loitered away, still recalling

memories of the lost heroes, in awed
voices.

When the Sunday-school hour was finished,
the next morning, the bell began to toll,
instead of ringing in the usual way. It was a
very still Sabbath, and the mournful sound
seemed in keeping with the musing hush
that lay upon nature. The villagers began to
gather, loitering a moment in the vestibule to
converse in whispers about the sad event.
But there was no whispering in the house;
only the funereal rustling of dresses as the
women gathered to their seats disturbed
the silence there. None could remember
when the little church had been so full
before. There was finally a waiting pause,
an expectant dumbness, and then Aunt
Polly entered, followed by Sid and Mary,
and they by the Harper family, all in deep
black, and the whole congregation, the old
minister as well, rose reverently and stood
until the mourners were seated in the front
pew. There was another communing
silence, broken at intervals by muffled sobs,
and then the minister spread his hands
abroad and prayed. A moving hymn was
sung, and the text followed: "I am the
Resurrection and the Life."

As the service proceeded, the clergyman
drew such pictures of the graces, the
winning ways, and the rare promise of the
lost lads that every soul there, thinking he
recognized these pictures, felt a pang in
remembering that he had persistently
blinded himself to them always before, and
had as persistently seen only faults and
flaws in the poor boys. The minister related
many a touching incident in the lives of the
departed, too, which illustrated their sweet,
generous natures, and the people could
easily see, now, how noble and beautiful
those episodes were, and remembered
with grief that at the time they occurred they
had seemed rank rascalities, well

-67-

deserving of the cowhide. The
congregation became more and more
moved, as the pathetic tale went on, till at
last the whole company broke down and
joined the weeping mourners in a chorus of
anguished sobs, the preacher himself
giving way to his feelings, and crying in the
pulpit.

There was a rustle in the gallery, which
nobody noticed; a moment later the church
door creaked; the minister raised his
streaming eyes above his handkerchief,
and stood transfixed! First one and then
another pair of eyes followed the minister's,
and then almost with one impulse the
congregation rose and stared while the
three dead boys came marching up the
aisle, Tom in the lead, Joe next, and Huck,
a ruin of drooping rags, sneaking
sheepishly in the rear! They had been hid in
the unused gallery listening to their own
funeral sermon!

Aunt Polly, Mary, and the Harpers threw
themselves upon their restored ones,
smothered them with kisses and poured out
thanksgivings, while poor Huck stood
abashed and uncomfortable, not knowing
exactly what to do or where to hide from so
many unwelcoming eyes. He wavered, and
started to slink away, but Tom seized him
and said:

"Aunt Polly, it ain't fair. Somebody's got to
be glad to see Huck."

"And so they shall. I'm glad to see him, poor
motherless thing!" And the loving attentions
Aunt Polly lavished upon him were the one
thing capable of making him more
uncomfortable than he was before.

Suddenly the minister shouted at the top of
his voice: "Praise God from whom all
blessings flow Sing! and put your hearts in

it!"

And they did. Old Hundred swelled up with a
triumphant burst, and while it shook the
rafters Tom Sawyer the Pirate looked
around upon the envying juveniles about
him and confessed in his heart that this was
the proudest moment of his life.

As the "sold" congregation trooped out they
said they would almost be willing to be
made ridiculous again to hear Old Hundred
sung like that once more.

Tom got more cuffs and kisses that day
according to Aunt Polly's varying moods
than he had earned before in a year; and he
hardly knew which expressed the most
gratefulness to God and affection for
himself.

Chapter XVIII

That was Tom's great secret the scheme to
return home with his brother pirates and
attend their own funerals. They had paddled
over to the Missouri shore on a log, at dusk
on Saturday, landing five or six miles below
the village; they had slept in the woods at
the edge of the town till nearly daylight, and
had then crept through back lanes and
alleys and finished their sleep in the gallery
of the church among a chaos of invalided
benches.

At breakfast, Monday morning, Aunt Polly
and Mary were very loving to Tom, and very
attentive to his wants. There was an unusual
amount of talk. In the course of it Aunt Polly
said:

"Well, I don't say it wasn't a fine joke, Tom,
to keep everybody suffering 'most a week
so you boys had a good time, but it is a pity
you could be so hard-hearted as to let me
suffer so. If you could come over on a log to

-68-

go to your funeral, you could have come
over and give me a hint some way that you
warn't dead, but only run off."

"Yes, you could have done that, Tom," said
Mary; "and I believe you would if you had
thought of it."

"Would you, Tom?" said Aunt Polly, her face
lighting wistfully. "Say, now, would you, if
you'd thought of it?"

"I well, I don't know. 'Twould 'a' spoiled
everything."

"Tom, I hoped you loved me that much," said
Aunt Polly, with a grieved tone that
discomforted the boy. "It would have been
something if you'd cared enough to think of
it, even if you didn't do it."

"Now, auntie, that ain't any harm," pleaded
Mary; "it's only Tom's giddy way he is
always in such a rush that he never thinks of
anything."

"More's the pity. Sid would have thought.
And Sid would have come and done it, too.
Tom, you'll look back, some day, when it's
too late, and wish you'd cared a little more
for me when it would have cost you so little."

"Now, auntie, you know I do care for you,"
said Tom.

"I'd know it better if you acted more like it."

"I wish now I'd thought," said Tom, with a
repentant tone; "but I dreamt about you,
anyway. That's something, ain't it?"

"It ain't much a cat does that much but it's
better than nothing. What did you dream?"

"Why, Wednesday night I dreamt that you
was sitting over there by the bed, and Sid

was sitting by the woodbox, and Mary next
to him."

"Well, so we did. So we always do. I'm glad
your dreams could take even that much
trouble about us."

"And I dreamt that Joe Harper's mother was
here."

"Why, she was here! Did you dream any
more?"

"Oh, lots. But it's so dim, now."

"Well, try to recollect can't you?"

"Somehow it seems to me that the wind the
wind blowed the the --"

"Try harder, Tom! The wind did blow
something. Come!"

Tom pressed his fingers on his forehead an
anxious minute, and then said:

"I've got it now! I've got it now! It blowed the
candle!"

"Mercy on us! Go on, Tom go on!"

"And it seems to me that you said, 'Why, I
believe that that door --'"

"Go on, Tom!"

"Just let me study a moment just a moment.
Oh, yes you said you believed the door was
open."

"As I'm sitting here, I did! Didn't I, Mary! Go
on!"

"And then and then well I won't be certain,
but it seems like as if you made Sid go and
and --"

-69-

"Well? Well? What did I make him do, Tom?
What did I make him do?"

"You made him you Oh, you made him shut
it."

"Well, for the land's sake! I never heard the
beat of that in all my days! Don't tell me
there ain't anything in dreams, any more.
Sereny Harper shall know of this before I'm
an hour older. I'd like to see her get around
this with her rubbage 'bout superstition. Go
on, Tom!"

"Oh, it's all getting just as bright as day,
now. Next you said I warn't bad, only
mischeevous and harum-scarum, and not
any more responsible than than I think it was
a colt, or something."

"And so it was! Well, goodness gracious!
Go on, Tom!"

"And then you began to cry."

"So I did. So I did. Not the first time, neither.
And then --"

"Then Mrs. Harper she began to cry, and
said Joe was just the same, and she
wished she hadn't whipped him for taking
cream when she'd throwed it out her own
self --"

"Tom! The sperrit was upon you! You was a
prophesying that's what you was doing!
Land alive, go on, Tom!"

"Then Sid he said he said --"

"I don't think I said anything," said Sid.

"Yes you did, Sid," said Mary.

"Shut your heads and let Tom go on! What
did he say, Tom?"

"He said I think he said he hoped I was
better off where I was gone to, but if I'd
been better sometimes --"

"There, d'you hear that! It was his very
words!"

"And you shut him up sharp."

"I lay I did! There must 'a' been an angel
there. There was an angel there,
somewheres!"

"And Mrs. Harper told about Joe scaring her
with a firecracker, and you told about Peter
and the Painkiller --"

"Just as true as I live!"

"And then there was a whole lot of talk 'bout
dragging the river for us, and 'bout having
the funeral Sunday, and then you and old
Miss Harper hugged and cried, and she
went."

"It happened just so! It happened just so, as
sure as I'm a-sitting in these very tracks.
Tom, you couldn't told it more like if you'd
'a' seen it! And then what? Go on, Tom!"

"Then I thought you prayed for me and I
could see you and hear every word you
said. And you went to bed, and I was so
sorry that I took and wrote on a piece of
sycamore bark, 'We ain't dead we are only
off being pirates,' and put it on the table by
the candle; and then you looked so good,
laying there asleep, that I thought I went and
leaned over and kissed you on the lips."

"Did you, Tom, did you! I just forgive you
everything for that!" And she seized the boy
in a crushing embrace that made him feel
like the guiltiest of villains.

"It was very kind, even though it was only a

-70-

dream," Sid soliloquized just audibly.

"Shut up, Sid! A body does just the same in
a dream as he'd do if he was awake.
Here's a big Milum apple I've been saving
for you, Tom, if you was ever found again
now go 'long to school. I'm thankful to the
good God and Father of us all I've got you
back, that's long-suffering and merciful to
them that believe on Him and keep His
word, though goodness knows I'm unworthy
of it, but if only the worthy ones got His
blessings and had His hand to help them
over the rough places, there's few enough
would smile here or ever enter into His rest
when the long night comes. Go 'long Sid,
Mary, Tom take yourselves off you've
hendered me long enough."

The children left for school, and the old lady
to call on Mrs. Harper and vanquish her
realism with Tom's marvellous dream. Sid
had better judgment than to utter the thought
that was in his mind as he left the house. It
was this: "Pretty thin as long a dream as
that, without any mistakes in it!"

What a hero Tom was become, now! He did
not go skipping and prancing, but moved
with a dignified swagger as became a
pirate who felt that the public eye was on
him. And indeed it was; he tried not to seem
to see the looks or hear the remarks as he
passed along, but they were food and drink
to him. Smaller boys than himself flocked at
his heels, as proud to be seen with him, and
tolerated by him, as if he had been the
drummer at the head of a procession or the
elephant leading a menagerie into town.
Boys of his own size pretended not to know
he had been away at all; but they were
consuming with envy, nevertheless. They
would have given anything to have that
swarthy suntanned skin of his, and his
glittering notoriety; and Tom would not have
parted with either for a circus.

At school the children made so much of him
and of Joe, and delivered such eloquent
admiration from their eyes, that the two
heroes were not long in becoming
insufferably "stuck-up." They began to tell
their adventures to hungry listeners but they
only began; it was not a thing likely to have
an end, with imaginations like theirs to
furnish material. And finally, when they got
out their pipes and went serenely puffing
around, the very summit of glory was
reached.

Tom decided that he could be independent
of Becky Thatcher now. Glory was
sufficient. He would live for glory. Now that
he was distinguished, maybe she would be
wanting to "make up." Well, let her she
should see that he could be as indifferent as
some other people. Presently she arrived.
Tom pretended not to see her. He moved
away and joined a group of boys and girls
and began to talk. Soon he observed that
she was tripping gayly back and forth with
flushed face and dancing eyes, pretending
to be busy chasing schoolmates, and
screaming with laughter when she made a
capture; but he noticed that she always
made her captures in his vicinity, and that
she seemed to cast a conscious eye in his
direction at such times, too. It gratified all
the vicious vanity that was in him; and so,
instead of winning him, it only "set him up"
the more and made him the more diligent to
avoid betraying that he knew she was
about. Presently she gave over skylarking,
and moved irresolutely about, sighing once
or twice and glancing furtively and wistfully
toward Tom. Then she observed that now
Tom was talking more particularly to Amy
Lawrence than to any one else. She felt a
sharp pang and grew disturbed and uneasy
at once. She tried to go away, but her feet
were treacherous, and carried her to the
group instead. She said to a girl almost at
Tom's elbow with sham vivacity:

-71-

"Why, Mary Austin! you bad girl, why didn't
you come to Sunday-school?"

"I did come didn't you see me?"

"Why, no! Did you? Where did you sit?"

"I was in Miss Peters' class, where I always
go. I saw you."

"Did you? Why, it's funny I didn't see you. I
wanted to tell you about the picnic."

"Oh, that's jolly. Who's going to give it?"

"My ma's going to let me have one."

"Oh, goody; I hope she'll let me come."

"Well, she will. The picnic's for me. She'll let
anybody come that I want, and I want you."

"That's ever so nice. When is it going to be?"

"By and by. Maybe about vacation."

"Oh, won't it be fun! You going to have all the
girls and boys?"

"Yes, every one that's friends to me or
wants to be"; and she glanced ever so
furtively at Tom, but he talked right along to
Amy Lawrence about the terrible storm on
the island, and how the lightning tore the
great sycamore tree "all to flinders" while he
was "standing within three feet of it."

"Oh, may I come?" said Grace Miller.

"Yes."

"And me?" said Sally Rogers.

"Yes."

"And me, too?" said Susy Harper. "And

Joe?"

"Yes."

And so on, with clapping of joyful hands till
all the group had begged for invitations but
Tom and Amy. Then Tom turned coolly
away, still talking, and took Amy with him.
Becky's lips trembled and the tears came to
her eyes; she hid these signs with a forced
gayety and went on chattering, but the life
had gone out of the picnic, now, and out of
everything else; she got away as soon as
she could and hid herself and had what her
sex call "a good cry." Then she sat moody,
with wounded pride, till the bell rang. She
roused up, now, with a vindictive cast in her
eye, and gave her plaited tails a shake and
said she knew what she'd do.

At recess Tom continued his flirtation with
Amy with jubilant self-satisfaction. And he
kept drifting about to find Becky and
lacerate her with the performance. At last he
spied her, but there was a sudden falling of
his mercury. She was sitting cosily on a little
bench behind the schoolhouse looking at a
picture-book with Alfred Temple and so
absorbed were they, and their heads so
close together over the book, that they did
not seem to be conscious of anything in the
world besides. Jealousy ran red-hot
through Tom's veins. He began to hate
himself for throwing away the chance Becky
had offered for a reconciliation. He called
himself a fool, and all the hard names he
could think of. He wanted to cry with
vexation. Amy chatted happily along, as
they walked, for her heart was singing, but
Tom's tongue had lost its function. He did
not hear what Amy was saying, and
whenever she paused expectantly he could
only stammer an awkward assent, which
was as often misplaced as otherwise. He
kept drifting to the rear of the schoolhouse,
again and again, to sear his eyeballs with

-72-

the hateful spectacle there. He could not
help it. And it maddened him to see, as he
thought he saw, that Becky Thatcher never
once suspected that he was even in the land
of the living. But she did see, nevertheless;
and she knew she was winning her fight,
too, and was glad to see him suffer as she
had suffered.

Amy's happy prattle became intolerable.
Tom hinted at things he had to attend to;
things that must be done; and time was
fleeting. But in vain the girl chirped on. Tom
thought, "Oh, hang her, ain't I ever going to
get rid of her?" At last he must be attending
to those things and she said artlessly that
she would be "around" when school let out.
And he hastened away, hating her for it.

"Any other boy!" Tom thought, grating his
teeth. "Any boy in the whole town but that
Saint Louis smarty that thinks he dresses so
fine and is aristocracy! Oh, all right, I licked
you the first day you ever saw this town,
mister, and I'll lick you again! You just wait
till I catch you out! I'll just take and --"

And he went through the motions of
thrashing an imaginary boy pummelling the
air, and kicking and gouging. "Oh, you do,
do you? You holler 'nough, do you? Now,
then, let that learn you!" And so the
imaginary flogging was finished to his
satisfaction.

Tom fled home at noon. His conscience
could not endure any more of Amy's grateful
happiness, and his jealousy could bear no
more of the other distress. Becky resumed
her picture inspections with Alfred, but as
the minutes dragged along and no Tom
came to suffer, her triumph began to cloud
and she lost interest; gravity and absent-
mindedness followed, and then
melancholy; two or three times she pricked
up her ear at a footstep, but it was a false

hope; no Tom came. At last she grew
entirely miserable and wished she hadn't
carried it so far. When poor Alfred, seeing
that he was losing her, he did not know how,
kept exclaiming: "Oh, here's a jolly one!
look at this!" she lost patience at last, and
said, "Oh, don't bother me! I don't care for
them!" and burst into tears, and got up and
walked away.

Alfred dropped alongside and was going to
try to comfort her, but she said:

"Go away and leave me alone, can't you! I
hate you!"

So the boy halted, wondering what he could
have done for she had said she would look
at pictures all through the nooning and she
walked on, crying. Then Alfred went musing
into the deserted schoolhouse. He was
humiliated and angry. He easily guessed his
way to the truth the girl had simply made a
convenience of him to vent her spite upon
Tom Sawyer. He was far from hating Tom
the less when this thought occurred to him.
He wished there was some way to get that
boy into trouble without much risk to himself.
Tom's spelling-book fell under his eye.
Here was his opportunity. He gratefully
opened to the lesson for the afternoon and
poured ink upon the page.

Becky, glancing in at a window behind him
at the moment, saw the act, and moved on,
without discovering herself. She started
homeward, now, intending to find Tom and
tell him; Tom would be thankful and their
troubles would be healed. Before she was
half way home, however, she had changed
her mind. The thought of Tom's treatment of
her when she was talking about her picnic
came scorching back and filled her with
shame. She resolved to let him get whipped
on the damaged spelling-book's account,
and to hate him forever, into the bargain.

-73-

Chapter XIX

Tom arrived at home in a dreary mood, and
the first thing his aunt said to him showed
him that he had brought his sorrows to an
unpromising market:

"Tom, I've a notion to skin you alive!"

"Auntie, what have I done?"

"Well, you've done enough. Here I go over to
Sereny Harper, like an old softy, expecting
I'm going to make her believe all that
rubbage about that dream, when lo and
behold you she'd found out from Joe that
you was over here and heard all the talk we
had that night. Tom, I don't know what is to
become of a boy that will act like that. It
makes me feel so bad to think you could let
me go to Sereny Harper and make such a
fool of myself and never say a word."

This was a new aspect of the thing. His
smartness of the morning had seemed to
Tom a good joke before, and very
ingenious. It merely looked mean and
shabby now. He hung his head and could
not think of anything to say for a moment.
Then he said:

"Auntie, I wish I hadn't done it but I didn't
think."

"Oh, child, you never think. You never think
of anything but your own selfishness. You
could think to come all the way over here
from Jackson's Island in the night to laugh at
our troubles, and you could think to fool me
with a lie about a dream; but you couldn't
ever think to pity us and save us from
sorrow."

"Auntie, I know now it was mean, but I didn't
mean to be mean. I didn't, honest. And
besides, I didn't come over here to laugh at

you that night."

"What did you come for, then?"

"It was to tell you not to be uneasy about us,
because we hadn't got drownded."

"Tom, Tom, I would be the thankfullest soul
in this world if I could believe you ever had
as good a thought as that, but you know you
never did and I know it, Tom."

"Indeed and 'deed I did, auntie I wish I may
never stir if I didn't."

"Oh, Tom, don't lie don't do it. It only makes
things a hundred times worse."

"It ain't a lie, auntie; it's the truth. I wanted to
keep you from grieving that was all that
made me come."

"I'd give the whole world to believe that it
would cover up a power of sins, Tom. I'd
'most be glad you'd run off and acted so
bad. But it ain't reasonable; because, why
didn't you tell me, child?"

"Why, you see, when you got to talking about
the funeral, I just got all full of the idea of our
coming and hiding in the church, and I
couldn't somehow bear to spoil it. So I just
put the bark back in my pocket and kept
mum."

"What bark?"

"The bark I had wrote on to tell you we'd
gone pirating. I wish, now, you'd waked up
when I kissed you I do, honest."

The hard lines in his aunt's face relaxed and
a sudden tenderness dawned in her eyes.

"Did you kiss me, Tom?"

-74-

"Why, yes, I did."

"Are you sure you did, Tom?"

"Why, yes, I did, auntie certain sure."

"What did you kiss me for, Tom?"

"Because I loved you so, and you laid there
moaning and I was so sorry."

The words sounded like truth. The old lady
could not hide a tremor in her voice when
she said:

"Kiss me again, Tom! and be off with you to
school, now, and don't bother me any
more."

The moment he was gone, she ran to a
closet and got out the ruin of a jacket which
Tom had gone pirating in. Then she
stopped, with it in her hand, and said to
herself:

"No, I don't dare. Poor boy, I reckon he's
lied about it but it's a blessed, blessed lie,
there's such a comfort come from it. I hope
the Lord I know the Lord will forgive him,
because it was such good-heartedness in
him to tell it. But I don't want to find out it's a
lie. I won't look."

She put the jacket away, and stood by
musing a minute. Twice she put out her
hand to take the garment again, and twice
she refrained. Once more she ventured,
and this time she fortified herself with the
thought: "It's a good lie it's a good lie I won't
let it grieve me." So she sought the jacket
pocket. A moment later she was reading
Tom's piece of bark through flowing tears
and saying: "I could forgive the boy, now, if
he'd committed a million sins!"

Chapter XX

There was something about Aunt Polly's
manner, when she kissed Tom, that swept
away his low spirits and made him light-
hearted and happy again. He started to
school and had the luck of coming upon
Becky Thatcher at the head of Meadow
Lane. His mood always determined his
manner. Without a moment's hesitation he
ran to her and said:

"I acted mighty mean to-day, Becky, and
I'm so sorry. I won't ever, ever do that way
again, as long as ever I live please make
up, won't you?"

The girl stopped and looked him scornfully
in the face:

"I'll thank you to keep yourself to yourself,
Mr. Thomas Sawyer. I'll never speak to you
again."

She tossed her head and passed on. Tom
was so stunned that he had not even
presence of mind enough to say "Who
cares, Miss Smarty?" until the right time to
say it had gone by. So he said nothing. But
he was in a fine rage, nevertheless. He
moped into the schoolyard wishing she
were a boy, and imagining how he would
trounce her if she were. He presently
encountered her and delivered a stinging
remark as he passed. She hurled one in
return, and the angry breach was complete.
It seemed to Becky, in her hot resentment,
that she could hardly wait for school to "take
in," she was so impatient to see Tom
flogged for the injured spelling-book. If she
had had any lingering notion of exposing
Alfred Temple, Tom's offensive fling had
driven it entirely away.

Poor girl, she did not know how fast she
was nearing trouble herself. The master,
Mr. Dobbins, had reached middle age with
an unsatisfied ambition. The darling of his

-75-

desires was, to be a doctor, but poverty had
decreed that he should be nothing higher
than a village schoolmaster. Every day he
took a mysterious book out of his desk and
absorbed himself in it at times when no
classes were reciting. He kept that book
under lock and key. There was not an urchin
in school but was perishing to have a
glimpse of it, but the chance never came.
Every boy and girl had a theory about the
nature of that book; but no two theories
were alike, and there was no way of getting
at the facts in the case. Now, as Becky was
passing by the desk, which stood near the
door, she noticed that the key was in the
lock! It was a precious moment. She
glanced around; found herself alone, and
the next instant she had the book in her
hands. The title-page Professor
Somebody's Anatomy carried no
information to her mind; so she began to
turn the leaves. She came at once upon a
handsomely engraved and colored
frontispiece a human figure, stark naked. At
that moment a shadow fell on the page and
Tom Sawyer stepped in at the door and
caught a glimpse of the picture. Becky
snatched at the book to close it, and had the
hard luck to tear the pictured page half
down the middle. She thrust the volume into
the desk, turned the key, and burst out
crying with shame and vexation.

"Tom Sawyer, you are just as mean as you
can be, to sneak up on a person and look at
what they're looking at."

"How could I know you was looking at
anything?"

"You ought to be ashamed of yourself, Tom
Sawyer; you know you're going to tell on
me, and oh, what shall I do, what shall I do!
I'll be whipped, and I never was whipped in
school."

Then she stamped her little foot and said:

"Be so mean if you want to! I know
something that's going to happen. You just
wait and you'll see! Hateful, hateful,
hateful!" and she flung out of the house with
a new explosion of crying.

Tom stood still, rather flustered by this
onslaught. Presently he said to himself:

"What a curious kind of a fool a girl is! Never
been licked in school! Shucks! What's a
licking! That's just like a girl they're so thin-
skinned and chicken-hearted. Well, of
course I ain't going to tell old Dobbins on
this little fool, because there's other ways of
getting even on her, that ain't so mean; but
what of it? Old Dobbins will ask who it was
tore his book. Nobody'll answer. Then he'll
do just the way he always does ask first one
and then t'other, and when he comes to the
right girl he'll know it, without any telling.
Girls' faces always tell on them. They ain't
got any backbone. She'll get licked. Well,
it's a kind of a tight place for Becky
Thatcher, because there ain't any way out
of it." Tom conned the thing a moment
longer, and then added: "All right, though;
she'd like to see me in just such a fix let her
sweat it out!"

Tom joined the mob of skylarking scholars
outside. In a few moments the master
arrived and school "took in." Tom did not
feel a strong interest in his studies. Every
time he stole a glance at the girls' side of
the room Becky's face troubled him.
Considering all things, he did not want to
pity her, and yet it was all he could do to help
it. He could get up no exultation that was
really worthy the name. Presently the
spelling-book discovery was made, and
Tom's mind was entirely full of his own
matters for a while after that. Becky roused
up from her lethargy of distress and showed

-76-

good interest in the proceedings. She did
not expect that Tom could get out of his
trouble by denying that he spilt the ink on the
book himself; and she was right. The denial
only seemed to make the thing worse for
Tom. Becky supposed she would be glad of
that, and she tried to believe she was glad
of it, but she found she was not certain.
When the worst came to the worst, she had
an impulse to get up and tell on Alfred
Temple, but she made an effort and forced
herself to keep still because, said she to
herself, "he'll tell about me tearing the
picture sure. I wouldn't say a word, not to
save his life!"

Tom took his whipping and went back to his
seat not at all broken-hearted, for he
thought it was possible that he had
unknowingly upset the ink on the spelling-
book himself, in some skylarking bout he
had denied it for form's sake and because
it was custom, and had stuck to the denial
from principle.

A whole hour drifted by, the master sat
nodding in his throne, the air was drowsy
with the hum of study. By and by, Mr.
Dobbins straightened himself up, yawned,
then unlocked his desk, and reached for his
book, but seemed undecided whether to
take it out or leave it. Most of the pupils
glanced up languidly, but there were two
among them that watched his movements
with intent eyes. Mr. Dobbins fingered his
book absently for a while, then took it out
and settled himself in his chair to read! Tom
shot a glance at Becky. He had seen a
hunted and helpless rabbit look as she did,
with a gun levelled at its head. Instantly he
forgot his quarrel with her. Quick something
must be done! done in a flash, too! But the
very imminence of the emergency
paralyzed his invention. Good! he had an
inspiration! He would run and snatch the
book, spring through the door and fly. But

his resolution shook for one little instant,
and the chance was lost the master opened
the volume. If Tom only had the wasted
opportunity back again! Too late. There was
no help for Becky now, he said. The next
moment the master faced the school. Every
eye sank under his gaze. There was that in it
which smote even the innocent with fear.
There was silence while one might count ten
the master was gathering his wrath. Then he
spoke: "Who tore this book?"

There was not a sound. One could have
heard a pin drop. The stillness continued;
the master searched face after face for
signs of guilt.

"Benjamin Rogers, did you tear this book?"

A denial. Another pause.

"Joseph Harper, did you?"

Another denial. Tom's uneasiness grew
more and more intense under the slow
torture of these proceedings. The master
scanned the ranks of boys considered a
while, then turned to the girls:

"Amy Lawrence?"

A shake of the head.

"Gracie Miller?"

The same sign.

"Susan Harper, did you do this?"

Another negative. The next girl was Becky
Thatcher. Tom was trembling from head to
foot with excitement and a sense of the
hopelessness of the situation.

"Rebecca Thatcher" [Tom glanced at her
face it was white with terror] "did you tear

-77-

no, look me in the face" [her hands rose in
appeal] "did you tear this book?"

A thought shot like lightning through Tom's
brain. He sprang to his feet and shouted "I
done it!"

The school stared in perplexity at this
incredible folly. Tom stood a moment, to
gather his dismembered faculties; and
when he stepped forward to go to his
punishment the surprise, the gratitude, the
adoration that shone upon him out of poor
Becky's eyes seemed pay enough for a
hundred floggings. Inspired by the splendor
of his own act, he took without an outcry the
most merciless flaying that even Mr.
Dobbins had ever administered; and also
received with indifference the added cruelty
of a command to remain two hours after
school should be dismissed for he knew
who would wait for him outside till his
captivity was done, and not count the
tedious time as loss, either.

Tom went to bed that night planning
vengeance against Alfred Temple; for with
shame and repentance Becky had told him
all, not forgetting her own treachery; but
even the longing for vengeance had to give
way, soon, to pleasanter musings, and he
fell asleep at last with Becky's latest words
lingering dreamily in his ear

"Tom, how could you be so noble!"

Chapter XXI

Vacation was approaching. The
schoolmaster, always severe, grew severer
and more exacting than ever, for he wanted
the school to make a good showing on
"Examination" day. His rod and his ferule
were seldom idle now at least among the
smaller pupils. Only the biggest boys, and
young ladies of eighteen and twenty,

escaped lashing. Mr. Dobbins' lashings
were very vigorous ones, too; for although
he carried, under his wig, a perfectly bald
and shiny head, he had only reached middle
age, and there was no sign of feebleness in
his muscle. As the great day approached,
all the tyranny that was in him came to the
surface; he seemed to take a vindictive
pleasure in punishing the least
shortcomings. The consequence was, that
the smaller boys spent their days in terror
and suffering and their nights in plotting
revenge. They threw away no opportunity to
do the master a mischief. But he kept ahead
all the time. The retribution that followed
every vengeful success was so sweeping
and majestic that the boys always retired
from the field badly worsted. At last they
conspired together and hit upon a plan that
promised a dazzling victory. They swore in
the sign-painter's boy, told him the
scheme, and asked his help. He had his
own reasons for being delighted, for the
master boarded in his father's family and
had given the boy ample cause to hate him.
The master's wife would go on a visit to the
country in a few days, and there would be
nothing to interfere with the plan; the master
always prepared himself for great
occasions by getting pretty well fuddled,
and the sign-painter's boy said that when
the dominie had reached the proper
condition on Examination Evening he would
"manage the thing" while he napped in his
chair; then he would have him awakened at
the right time and hurried away to school.

In the fulness of time the interesting
occasion arrived. At eight in the evening the
schoolhouse was brilliantly lighted, and
adorned with wreaths and festoons of
foliage and flowers. The master sat throned
in his great chair upon a raised platform,
with his blackboard behind him. He was
looking tolerably mellow. Three rows of
benches on each side and six rows in front

-78-

of him were occupied by the dignitaries of
the town and by the parents of the pupils. To
his left, back of the rows of citizens, was a
spacious temporary platform upon which
were seated the scholars who were to take
part in the exercises of the evening; rows of
small boys, washed and dressed to an
intolerable state of discomfort; rows of
gawky big boys; snowbanks of girls and
young ladies clad in lawn and muslin and
conspicuously conscious of their bare
arms, their grandmothers' ancient trinkets,
their bits of pink and blue ribbon and the
flowers in their hair. All the rest of the house
was filled with non-participating scholars.

The exercises began. A very little boy stood
up and sheepishly recited, "You'd scarce
expect one of my age to speak in public on
the stage," etc. accompanying himself with
the painfully exact and spasmodic gestures
which a machine might have used
supposing the machine to be a trifle out of
order. But he got through safely, though
cruelly scared, and got a fine round of
applause when he made his manufactured
bow and retired.

A little shamefaced girl lisped, "Mary had a
little lamb," etc., performed a compassion-
inspiring curtsy, got her meed of applause,
and sat down flushed and happy.

Tom Sawyer stepped forward with
conceited confidence and soared into the
unquenchable and indestructible "Give me
liberty or give me death" speech, with fine
fury and frantic gesticulation, and broke
down in the middle of it. A ghastly stage-
fright seized him, his legs quaked under him
and he was like to choke. True, he had the
manifest sympathy of the house but he had
the house's silence, too, which was even
worse than its sympathy. The master
frowned, and this completed the disaster.
Tom struggled awhile and then retired,

utterly defeated. There was a weak attempt
at applause, but it died early.

"The Boy Stood on the Burning Deck"
followed; also "The Assyrian Came Down,"
and other declamatory gems. Then there
were reading exercises, and a spelling
fight. The meagre Latin class recited with
honor. The prime feature of the evening was
in order, now original "compositions" by the
young ladies. Each in her turn stepped
forward to the edge of the platform, cleared
her throat, held up her manuscript (tied with
dainty ribbon), and proceeded to read, with
labored attention to "expression" and
punctuation. The themes were the same
that had been illuminated upon similar
occasions by their mothers before them,
their grandmothers, and doubtless all their
ancestors in the female line clear back to
the Crusades. "Friendship" was one;
"Memories of Other Days"; "Religion in
History"; "Dream Land"; "The Advantages
of Culture"; "Forms of Political Government
Compared and Contrasted"; "Melancholy";
"Filial Love"; "Heart Longings," etc., etc.

A prevalent feature in these compositions
was a nursed and petted melancholy;
another was a wasteful and opulent gush of
"fine language"; another was a tendency to
lug in by the ears particularly prized words
and phrases until they were worn entirely
out; and a peculiarity that conspicuously
marked and marred them was the
inveterate and intolerable sermon that
wagged its crippled tail at the end of each
and every one of them. No matter what the
subject might be, a brain-racking effort
was made to squirm it into some aspect or
other that the moral and religious mind could
contemplate with edification. The glaring
insincerity of these sermons was not
sufficient to compass the banishment of the
fashion from the schools, and it is not
sufficient to-day; it never will be sufficient

-79-

while the world stands, perhaps. There is no
school in all our land where the young ladies
do not feel obliged to close their
compositions with a sermon; and you will
find that the sermon of the most frivolous
and the least religious girl in the school is
always the longest and the most relentlessly
pious. But enough of this. Homely truth is
unpalatable.

Let us return to the "Examination." The first
composition that was read was one entitled
"Is this, then, Life?" Perhaps the reader can
endure an extract from it:

"In the common walks of life, with what
delightful emotions does the youthful mind
look forward to some anticipated scene of
festivity! Imagination is busy sketching
rose-tinted pictures of joy. In fancy, the
voluptuous votary of fashion sees herself
amid the festive throng, 'the observed of all
observers.' Her graceful form, arrayed in
snowy robes, is whirling through the mazes
of the joyous dance; her eye is brightest,
her step is lightest in the gay assembly.

"In such delicious fancies time quickly
glides by, and the welcome hour arrives for
her entrance into the Elysian world, of which
she has had such bright dreams. How fairy-
like does everything appear to her
enchanted vision! Each new scene is more
charming than the last. But after a while she
finds that beneath this goodly exterior, all is
vanity, the flattery which once charmed her
soul, now grates harshly upon her ear; the
ball-room has lost its charms; and with
wasted health and imbittered heart, she
turns away with the conviction that earthly
pleasures cannot satisfy the longings of the
soul!"

And so forth and so on. There was a buzz of
gratification from time to time during the
reading, accompanied by whispered

ejaculations of "How sweet!" "How
eloquent!" "So true!" etc., and after the thing
had closed with a peculiarly afflicting
sermon the applause was enthusiastic.

Then arose a slim, melancholy girl, whose
face had the "interesting" paleness that
comes of pills and indigestion, and read a
"poem." Two stanzas of it will do:

"A Missouri Maiden's Farewell to Alabama


"Alabama, good-bye! I love thee well!
But yet for a while do I leave thee now!
Sad, yes, sad thoughts of thee my heart
doth swell,
And burning recollections throng my brow!
For I have wandered through thy flowery
woods;
Have roamed and read near Tallapoosa's
stream;
Have listened to Tallassee's warring
floods,
And wooed on Coosa's side Aurora's
beam.
"Yet shame I not to bear an o'er-full heart,
Nor blush to turn behind my tearful eyes;
'Tis from no stranger land I now must part,
'Tis to no strangers left I yield these sighs.
Welcome and home were mine within this
State,
Whose vales I leave whose spires fade fast
from me
And cold must be mine eyes, and heart,
and tete,
When, dear Alabama! they turn cold on
thee!"

There were very few there who knew what
"tete" meant, but the poem was very
satisfactory, nevertheless.

Next appeared a dark-complexioned,
black-eyed, black-haired young lady, who
paused an impressive moment, assumed a

-80-

tragic expression, and began to read in a
measured, solemn tone:

"A Vision

"Dark and tempestuous was night. Around
the throne on high not a single star quivered;
but the deep intonations of the heavy
thunder constantly vibrated upon the ear;
whilst the terrific lightning revelled in angry
mood through the cloudy chambers of
heaven, seeming to scorn the power
exerted over its terror by the illustrious
Franklin! Even the boisterous winds
unanimously came forth from their mystic
homes, and blustered about as if to
enhance by their aid the wildness of the
scene.

"At such a time,so dark,so dreary, for
human sympathy my very spirit sighed; but
instead thereof,

"'My dearest friend, my counsellor, my
comforter and guide My joy in grief, my
second bliss in joy,' came to my side. She
moved like one of those bright beings
pictured in the sunny walks of fancy's Eden
by the romantic and young, a queen of
beauty unadorned save by her own
transcendent loveliness. So soft was her
step, it failed to make even a sound, and but
for the magical thrill imparted by her genial
touch, as other unobtrusive beauties, she
would have glided away un-perceived
unsought. A strange sadness rested upon
her features, like icy tears upon the robe of
December, as she pointed to the
contending elements without, and bade me
contemplate the two beings presented."

This nightmare occupied some ten pages
of manuscript and wound up with a sermon
so destructive of all hope to non-
Presbyterians that it took the first prize. This
composition was considered to be the very

finest effort of the evening. The mayor of the
village, in delivering the prize to the author
of it, made a warm speech in which he said
that it was by far the most "eloquent" thing
he had ever listened to, and that Daniel
Webster himself might well be proud of it.

It may be remarked, in passing, that the
number of compositions in which the word
"beauteous" was over-fondled, and human
experience referred to as "life's page," was
up to the usual average.

Now the master, mellow almost to the verge
of geniality, put his chair aside, turned his
back to the audience, and began to draw a
map of America on the blackboard, to
exercise the geography class upon. But he
made a sad business of it with his unsteady
hand, and a smothered titter rippled over
the house. He knew what the matter was,
and set himself to right it. He sponged out
lines and remade them; but he only
distorted them more than ever, and the
tittering was more pronounced. He threw
his entire attention upon his work, now, as if
determined not to be put down by the mirth.
He felt that all eyes were fastened upon
him; he imagined he was succeeding, and
yet the tittering continued; it even manifestly
increased. And well it might. There was a
garret above, pierced with a scuttle over his
head; and down through this scuttle came a
cat, suspended around the haunches by a
string; she had a rag tied about her head
and jaws to keep her from mewing; as she
slowly descended she curved upward and
clawed at the string, she swung downward
and clawed at the intangible air. The tittering
rose higher and higher the cat was within six
inches of the absorbed teacher's head
down, down, a little lower, and she grabbed
his wig with her desperate claws, clung to it,
and was snatched up into the garret in an
instant with her trophy still in her
possession! And how the light did blaze

-81-

abroad from the master's bald pate for the
sign-painter's boy had gilded it!

That broke up the meeting. The boys were
avenged. Vacation had come.

Chapter XXII

Tom joined the new order of Cadets of
Temperance, being attracted by the showy
character of their "regalia." He promised to
abstain from smoking, chewing, and
profanity as long as he remained a
member. Now he found out a new thing
namely, that to promise not to do a thing is
the surest way in the world to make a body
want to go and do that very thing. Tom soon
found himself tormented with a desire to
drink and swear; the desire grew to be so
intense that nothing but the hope of a
chance to display himself in his red sash
kept him from withdrawing from the order.
Fourth of July was coming; but he soon
gave that up gave it up before he had worn
his shackles over forty-eight hours and
fixed his hopes upon old Judge Frazer,
justice of the peace, who was apparently
on his deathbed and would have a big
public funeral, since he was so high an
official. During three days Tom was deeply
concerned about the Judge's condition and
hungry for news of it. Sometimes his hopes
ran high so high that he would venture to get
out his regalia and practise before the
looking-glass. But the Judge had a most
discouraging way of fluctuating. At last he
was pronounced upon the mend and then
convalescent. Tom was disgusted; and felt
a sense of injury, too. He handed in his
resignation at once and that night the Judge
suffered a relapse and died. Tom resolved
that he would never trust a man like that
again.

The funeral was a fine thing. The Cadets
paraded in a style calculated to kill the late

member with envy. Tom was a free boy
again, however there was something in
that. He could drink and swear, now but
found to his surprise that he did not want to.
The simple fact that he could, took the
desire away, and the charm of it.

Tom presently wondered to find that his
coveted vacation was beginning to hang a
little heavily on his hands.

He attempted a diary but nothing happened
during three days, and so he abandoned it.

The first of all the negro minstrel shows
came to town, and made a sensation. Tom
and Joe Harper got up a band of
performers and were happy for two days.

Even the Glorious Fourth was in some
sense a failure, for it rained hard, there was
no procession in consequence, and the
greatest man in the world (as Tom
supposed), Mr. Benton, an actual United
States Senator, proved an overwhelming
disappointment for he was not twenty-five
feet high, nor even anywhere in the
neighborhood of it.

A circus came. The boys played circus for
three days afterward in tents made of rag
carpeting admission, three pins for boys,
two for girls and then circusing was
abandoned.

A phrenologist and a mesmerizer came and
went again and left the village duller and
drearier than ever.

There were some boys-and-girls' parties,
but they were so few and so delightful that
they only made the aching voids between
ache the harder.

Becky Thatcher was gone to her
Constantinople home to stay with her

-82-

parents during vacation so there was no
bright side to life anywhere.

The dreadful secret of the murder was a
chronic misery. It was a very cancer for
permanency and pain.

Then came the measles.

During two long weeks Tom lay a prisoner,
dead to the world and its happenings. He
was very ill, he was interested in nothing.
When he got upon his feet at last and moved
feebly down-town, a melancholy change
had come over everything and every
creature. There had been a "revival," and
everybody had "got religion," not only the
adults, but even the boys and girls. Tom
went about, hoping against hope for the
sight of one blessed sinful face, but
disappointment crossed him everywhere.
He found Joe Harper studying a Testament,
and turned sadly away from the depressing
spectacle. He sought Ben Rogers, and
found him visiting the poor with a basket of
tracts. He hunted up Jim Hollis, who called
his attention to the precious blessing of his
late measles as a warning. Every boy he
encountered added another ton to his
depression; and when, in desperation, he
flew for refuge at last to the bosom of
Huckleberry Finn and was received with a
Scriptural quotation, his heart broke and he
crept home and to bed realizing that he
alone of all the town was lost, forever and
forever.

And that night there came on a terrific
storm, with driving rain, awful claps of
thunder and blinding sheets of lightning. He
covered his head with the bedclothes and
waited in a horror of suspense for his
doom; for he had not the shadow of a doubt
that all this hubbub was about him. He
believed he had taxed the forbearance of
the powers above to the extremity of

endurance and that this was the result. It
might have seemed to him a waste of pomp
and ammunition to kill a bug with a battery of
artillery, but there seemed nothing
incongruous about the getting up such an
expensive thunderstorm as this to knock the
turf from under an insect like himself.

By and by the tempest spent itself and died
without accomplishing its object. The boy's
first impulse was to be grateful, and reform.
His second was to wait for there might not
be any more storms.

The next day the doctors were back; Tom
had relapsed. The three weeks he spent on
his back this time seemed an entire age.
When he got abroad at last he was hardly
grateful that he had been spared,
remembering how lonely was his estate,
how companionless and forlorn he was. He
drifted listlessly down the street and found
Jim Hollis acting as judge in a juvenile court
that was trying a cat for murder, in the
presence of her victim, a bird. He found Joe
Harper and Huck Finn up an alley eating a
stolen melon. Poor lads! they like Tom had
suffered a relapse.

Chapter XXIII

At last the sleepy atmosphere was stirred
and vigorously: the murder trial came on in
the court. It became the absorbing topic of
village talk immediately. Tom could not get
away from it. Every reference to the murder
sent a shudder to his heart, for his troubled
conscience and fears almost persuaded
him that these remarks were put forth in his
hearing as "feelers"; he did not see how he
could be suspected of knowing anything
about the murder, but still he could not be
comfortable in the midst of this gossip. It
kept him in a cold shiver all the time. He took
Huck to a lonely place to have a talk with
him. It would be some relief to unseal his

-83-

tongue for a little while; to divide his burden
of distress with another sufferer. Moreover,
he wanted to assure himself that Huck had
remained discreet.

"Huck, have you ever told anybody about
that?"

"'Bout what?"

"You know what."

"Oh 'course I haven't."

"Never a word?"

"Never a solitary word, so help me. What
makes you ask?"

"Well, I was afeard."

"Why, Tom Sawyer, we wouldn't be alive
two days if that got found out. You know
that."

Tom felt more comfortable. After a pause:

"Huck, they couldn't anybody get you to tell,
could they?"

"Get me to tell? Why, if I wanted that half-
breed devil to drownd me they could get me
to tell. They ain't no different way."

"Well, that's all right, then. I reckon we're
safe as long as we keep mum. But let's
swear again, anyway. It's more surer."

"I'm agreed."

So they swore again with dread
solemnities.

"What is the talk around, Huck? I've heard a
power of it."

"Talk? Well, it's just Muff Potter, Muff
Potter, Muff Potter all the time. It keeps me
in a sweat, constant, so's I want to hide
som'ers."

"That's just the same way they go on round
me. I reckon he's a goner. Don't you feel
sorry for him, sometimes?"

"Most always most always. He ain't no
account; but then he hain't ever done
anything to hurt anybody. Just fishes a little,
to get money to get drunk on and loafs
around considerable; but lord, we all do that
leastways most of us preachers and such
like. But he's kind of good he give me half a
fish, once, when there warn't enough for
two; and lots of times he's kind of stood by
me when I was out of luck."

"Well, he's mended kites for me, Huck, and
knitted hooks on to my line. I wish we could
get him out of there."

"My! we couldn't get him out, Tom. And
besides, 'twouldn't do any good; they'd
ketch him again."

"Yes so they would. But I hate to hear 'em
abuse him so like the dickens when he
never done that."

"I do too, Tom. Lord, I hear 'em say he's the
bloodiest looking villain in this country, and
they wonder he wasn't ever hung before."

"Yes, they talk like that, all the time. I've
heard 'em say that if he was to get free
they'd lynch him."

"And they'd do it, too."

The boys had a long talk, but it brought them
little comfort. As the twilight drew on, they
found themselves hanging about the
neighborhood of the little isolated jail,

-84-

perhaps with an undefined hope that
something would happen that might clear
away their difficulties. But nothing
happened; there seemed to be no angels or
fairies interested in this luckless captive.

The boys did as they had often done before
went to the cell grating and gave Potter
some tobacco and matches. He was on the
ground floor and there were no guards.

His gratitude for their gifts had always
smote their consciences before it cut
deeper than ever, this time. They felt
cowardly and treacherous to the last degree
when Potter said:

"You've been mighty good to me, boys
better'n anybody else in this town. And I
don't forget it, I don't. Often I says to myself,
says I, 'I used to mend all the boys' kites and
things, and show 'em where the good
fishin' places was, and befriend 'em what I
could, and now they've all forgot old Muff
when he's in trouble; but Tom don't, and
Huck don't they don't forget him, says I,
'and I don't forget them.' Well, boys, I done
an awful thing drunk and crazy at the time
that's the only way I account for it and now I
got to swing for it, and it's right. Right, and
best, too, I reckon hope so, anyway. Well,
we won't talk about that. I don't want to
make you feel bad; you've befriended me.
But what I want to say, is, don't you ever get
drunk then you won't ever get here. Stand a
litter furder west so that's it; it's a prime
comfort to see faces that's friendly when a
body's in such a muck of trouble, and there
don't none come here but yourn. Good
friendly faces good friendly faces. Git up on
one another's backs and let me touch 'em.
That's it. Shake hands yourn'll come
through the bars, but mine's too big. Little
hands, and weak but they've helped Muff
Potter a power, and they'd help him more if
they could."

Tom went home miserable, and his dreams
that night were full of horrors. The next day
and the day after, he hung about the court-
room, drawn by an almost irresistible
impulse to go in, but forcing himself to stay
out. Huck was having the same experience.
They studiously avoided each other. Each
wandered away, from time to time, but the
same dismal fascination always brought
them back presently. Tom kept his ears
open when idlers sauntered out of the
courtroom, but invariably heard distressing
news the toils were closing more and more
relentlessly around poor Potter. At the end
of the second day the village talk was to the
effect that Injun Joe's evidence stood firm
and unshaken, and that there was not the
slightest question as to what the jury's
verdict would be.

Tom was out late, that night, and came to
bed through the window. He was in a
tremendous state of excitement. It was
hours before he got to sleep. All the village
flocked to the court-house the next morning,
for this was to be the great day. Both sexes
were about equally represented in the
packed audience. After a long wait the jury
filed in and took their places; shortly
afterward, Potter, pale and haggard, timid
and hopeless, was brought in, with chains
upon him, and seated where all the curious
eyes could stare at him; no less
conspicuous was Injun Joe, stolid as ever.
There was another pause, and then the
judge arrived and the sheriff proclaimed the
opening of the court. The usual whisperings
among the lawyers and gathering together
of papers followed. These details and
accompanying delays worked up an
atmosphere of preparation that was as
impressive as it was fascinating.

Now a witness was called who testified that
he found Muff Potter washing in the brook,
at an early hour of the morning that the

-85-

murder was discovered, and that he
immediately sneaked away. After some
further questioning, counsel for the
prosecution said:

"Take the witness."

The prisoner raised his eyes for a moment,
but dropped them again when his own
counsel said:

"I have no questions to ask him."

The next witness proved the finding of the
knife near the corpse. Counsel for the
prosecution said:

"Take the witness."

"I have no questions to ask him," Potter's
lawyer replied.

A third witness swore he had often seen the
knife in Potter's possession.

"Take the witness."

Counsel for Potter declined to question him.
The faces of the audience began to betray
annoyance. Did this attorney mean to throw
away his client's life without an effort?

Several witnesses deposed concerning
Potter's guilty behavior when brought to the
scene of the murder. They were allowed to
leave the stand without being cross-
questioned.

Every detail of the damaging circumstances
that occurred in the graveyard upon that
morning which all present remembered so
well was brought out by credible witnesses,
but none of them were cross-examined by
Potter's lawyer. The perplexity and
dissatisfaction of the house expressed
itself in murmurs and provoked a reproof

from the bench. Counsel for the prosecution
now said:

"By the oaths of citizens whose simple word
is above suspicion, we have fastened this
awful crime, beyond all possibility of
question, upon the unhappy prisoner at the
bar. We rest our case here."

A groan escaped from poor Potter, and he
put his face in his hands and rocked his
body softly to and fro, while a painful silence
reigned in the court-room. Many men were
moved, and many women's compassion
testified itself in tears. Counsel for the
defence rose and said:

"Your honor, in our remarks at the opening
of this trial, we foreshadowed our purpose
to prove that our client did this fearful deed
while under the influence of a blind and
irresponsible delirium produced by drink.
We have changed our mind. We shall not
offer that plea." [Then to the clerk:] "Call
Thomas Sawyer!"

A puzzled amazement awoke in every face
in the house, not even excepting Potter's.
Every eye fastened itself with wondering
interest upon Tom as he rose and took his
place upon the stand. The boy looked wild
enough, for he was badly scared. The oath
was administered.

"Thomas Sawyer, where were you on the
seventeenth of June, about the hour of
midnight?"

Tom glanced at Injun Joe's iron face and
his tongue failed him. The audience listened
breathless, but the words refused to come.
After a few moments, however, the boy got
a little of his strength back, and managed to
put enough of it into his voice to make part
of the house hear:

-86-

"In the graveyard!"

"A little bit louder, please. Don't be afraid.
You were --"

"In the graveyard."

A contemptuous smile flitted across Injun
Joe's face.

"Were you anywhere near Horse Williams'
grave?"

"Yes, sir."

"Speak up just a trifle louder. How near
were you?"

"Near as I am to you."

"Were you hidden, or not?"

"I was hid."

"Where?"

"Behind the elms that's on the edge of the
grave."

Injun Joe gave a barely perceptible start.

"Any one with you?"

"Yes, sir. I went there with --"

"Wait wait a moment. Never mind
mentioning your companion's name. We will
produce him at the proper time. Did you
carry anything there with you."

Tom hesitated and looked confused.

"Speak out, my boy don't be diffident. The
truth is always respectable. What did you
take there?"

"Only a a dead cat."

There was a ripple of mirth, which the court
checked.

"We will produce the skeleton of that cat.
Now, my boy, tell us everything that
occurred tell it in your own way don't skip
anything, and don't be afraid."

Tom began hesitatingly at first, but as he
warmed to his subject his words flowed
more and more easily; in a little while every
sound ceased but his own voice; every eye
fixed itself upon him; with parted lips and
bated breath the audience hung upon his
words, taking no note of time, rapt in the
ghastly fascinations of the tale. The strain
upon pent emotion reached its climax when
the boy said:

" and as the doctor fetched the board
around and Muff Potter fell, Injun Joe
jumped with the knife and --"

Crash! Quick as lightning the half-breed
sprang for a window, tore his way through
all opposers, and was gone!

Chapter XXIV

Tom was a glittering hero once more the pet
of the old, the envy of the young. His name
even went into immortal print, for the village
paper magnified him. There were some that
believed he would be President, yet, if he
escaped hanging.

As usual, the fickle, unreasoning world took
Muff Potter to its bosom and fondled him as
lavishly as it had abused him before. But
that sort of conduct is to the world's credit;
therefore it is not well to find fault with it.

Tom's days were days of splendor and
exultation to him, but his nights were

-87-

seasons of horror. Injun Joe infested all his
dreams, and always with doom in his eye.
Hardly any temptation could persuade the
boy to stir abroad after nightfall. Poor Huck
was in the same state of wretchedness and
terror, for Tom had told the whole story to
the lawyer the night before the great day of
the trial, and Huck was sore afraid that his
share in the business might leak out, yet,
notwithstanding Injun Joe's flight had saved
him the suffering of testifying in court. The
poor fellow had got the attorney to promise
secrecy, but what of that? Since Tom's
harassed conscience had managed to
drive him to the lawyer's house by night and
wring a dread tale from lips that had been
sealed with the dismalest and most
formidable of oaths, Huck's confidence in
the human race was well-nigh obliterated.

Daily Muff Potter's gratitude made Tom
glad he had spoken; but nightly he wished
he had sealed up his tongue.

Half the time Tom was afraid Injun Joe
would never be captured; the other half he
was afraid he would be. He felt sure he
never could draw a safe breath again until
that man was dead and he had seen the
corpse.

Rewards had been offered, the country had
been scoured, but no Injun Joe was found.
One of those omniscient and awe-inspiring
marvels, a detective, came up from St.
Louis, moused around, shook his head,
looked wise, and made that sort of
astounding success which members of that
craft usually achieve. That is to say, he
"found a clew." But you can't hang a "clew"
for murder, and so after that detective had
got through and gone home, Tom felt just as
insecure as he was before.

The slow days drifted on, and each left
behind it a slightly lightened weight of

apprehension.

Chapter XXV

There comes a time in every rightly-
constructed boy's life when he has a raging
desire to go somewhere and dig for hidden
treasure. This desire suddenly came upon
Tom one day. He sallied out to find Joe
Harper, but failed of success. Next he
sought Ben Rogers; he had gone fishing.
Presently he stumbled upon Huck Finn the
Red-Handed. Huck would answer. Tom
took him to a private place and opened the
matter to him confidentially. Huck was
willing. Huck was always willing to take a
hand in any enterprise that offered
entertainment and required no capital, for
he had a troublesome superabundance of
that sort of time which is not money.
"Where'll we dig?" said Huck.

"Oh, most anywhere."

"Why, is it hid all around?"

"No, indeed it ain't. It's hid in mighty
particular places, Huck sometimes on
islands, sometimes in rotten chests under
the end of a limb of an old dead tree, just
where the shadow falls at midnight; but
mostly under the floor in ha'nted houses."

"Who hides it?"

"Why, robbers, of course who'd you reckon?
Sunday-school sup'rintendents?"

"I don't know. If 'twas mine I wouldn't hide it;
I'd spend it and have a good time."

"So would I. But robbers don't do that way.
They always hide it and leave it there."

"Don't they come after it any more?"

-88-

"No, they think they will, but they generally
forget the marks, or else they die. Anyway,
it lays there a long time and gets rusty; and
by and by somebody finds an old yellow
paper that tells how to find the marks a
paper that's got to be ciphered over about a
week because it's mostly signs and
hy'roglyphics."

"HyroQwhich?"

"Hy'roglyphics pictures and things, you
know, that don't seem to mean anything."

"Have you got one of them papers, Tom?"

"No."

"Well then, how you going to find the
marks?"

"I don't want any marks. They always bury it
under a ha'nted house or on an island, or
under a dead tree that's got one limb
sticking out. Well, we've tried Jackson's
Island a little, and we can try it again some
time; and there's the old ha'nted house up
the Still-House branch, and there's lots of
deadlimb trees dead loads of 'em."

"Is it under all of them?"

"How you talk! No!"

"Then how you going to know which one to
go for?"

"Go for all of 'em!"

"Why, Tom, it'll take all summer."

"Well, what of that? Suppose you find a
brass pot with a hundred dollars in it, all
rusty and gray, or rotten chest full of
di'monds. How's that?"

Huck's eyes glowed.

"That's bully. Plenty bully enough for me.
Just you gimme the hundred dollars and I
don't want no di'monds."

"All right. But I bet you I ain't going to throw
off on di'monds. Some of 'em's worth
twenty dollars apiece there ain't any, hardly,
but's worth six bits or a dollar."

"No! Is that so?"

"Cert'nly anybody'll tell you so. Hain't you
ever seen one, Huck?"

"Not as I remember."

"Oh, kings have slathers of them."

"Well, I don' know no kings, Tom."

"I reckon you don't. But if you was to go to
Europe you'd see a raft of 'em hopping
around."

"Do they hop?"

"Hop? your granny! No!"

"Well, what did you say they did, for?"

"Shucks, I only meant you'd see 'em not
hopping, of course what do they want to hop
for? but I mean you'd just see 'em scattered
around, you know, in a kind of a general
way. Like that old humpbacked Richard."

"Richard? What's his other name?"

"He didn't have any other name. Kings don't
have any but a given name."

"No?"

"But they don't."

-89-

"Well, if they like it, Tom, all right; but I don't
want to be a king and have only just a given
name, like a nigger. But say where you
going to dig first?"

"Well, I don't know. S'pose we tackle that
old dead-limb tree on the hill t'other side of
Still-House branch?"

"I'm agreed."

So they got a crippled pick and a shovel,
and set out on their three-mile tramp. They
arrived hot and panting, and threw
themselves down in the shade of a
neighboring elm to rest and have a smoke.

"I like this," said Tom.

"So do I."

"Say, Huck, if we find a treasure here, what
you going to do with your share?"

"Well, I'll have pie and a glass of soda every
day, and I'll go to every circus that comes
along. I bet I'll have a gay time."

"Well, ain't you going to save any of it?"

"Save it? What for?"

"Why, so as to have something to live on, by
and by."

"Oh, that ain't any use. Pap would come
back to thish-yer town some day and get his
claws on it if I didn't hurry up, and I tell you
he'd clean it out pretty quick. What you going
to do with yourn, Tom?"

"I'm going to buy a new drum, and a sure-
'nough sword, and a red necktie and a bull
pup, and get married."

"Married!"

"That's it."

"Tom, you why, you ain't in your right mind."

"Wait you'll see."

"Well, that's the foolishest thing you could
do. Look at pap and my mother. Fight! Why,
they used to fight all the time. I remember,
mighty well."

"That ain't anything. The girl I'm going to
marry won't fight."

"Tom, I reckon they're all alike. They'll all
comb a body. Now you better think 'bout this
awhile. I tell you you better. What's the name
of the gal?"

"It ain't a gal at all it's a girl."

"It's all the same, I reckon; some says gal,
some says girl both's right, like enough.
Anyway, what's her name, Tom?"

"I'll tell you some time not now."

"All right that'll do. Only if you get married I'll
be more lonesomer than ever."

"No you won't. You'll come and live with me.
Now stir out of this and we'll go to digging."

They worked and sweated for half an hour.
No result. They toiled another half-hour. Still
no result. Huck said:

"Do they always bury it as deep as this?"

"Sometimes not always. Not generally. I
reckon we haven't got the right place."

So they chose a new spot and began again.
The labor dragged a little, but still they made
progress. They pegged away in silence for
some time. Finally Huck leaned on his

-90-

shovel, swabbed the beaded drops from
his brow with his sleeve, and said:

"Where you going to dig next, after we get
this one?"

"I reckon maybe we'll tackle the old tree
that's over yonder on Cardiff Hill back of the
widow's."

"I reckon that'll be a good one. But won't the
widow take it away from us, Tom? It's on
her land."

"She take it away! Maybe she'd like to try it
once. Whoever finds one of these hid
treasures, it belongs to him. It don't make
any difference whose land it's on."

That was satisfactory. The work went on. By
and by Huck said:

"Blame it, we must be in the wrong place
again. What do you think?"

"It is mighty curious, Huck. I don't
understand it. Sometimes witches interfere.
I reckon maybe that's what's the trouble
now."

"Shucks! Witches ain't got no power in the
daytime."

"Well, that's so. I didn't think of that. Oh, I
know what the matter is! What a blamed lot
of fools we are! You got to find out where
the shadow of the limb falls at midnight, and
that's where you dig!"

"Then consound it, we've fooled away all
this work for nothing. Now hang it all, we got
to come back in the night. It's an awful long
way. Can you get out?"

"I bet I will. We've got to do it to-night, too,
because if somebody sees these holes

they'll know in a minute what's here and
they'll go for it."

"Well, I'll come around and maow to-night."

"All right. Let's hide the tools in the bushes."

The boys were there that night, about the
appointed time. They sat in the shadow
waiting. It was a lonely place, and an hour
made solemn by old traditions. Spirits
whispered in the rustling leaves, ghosts
lurked in the murky nooks, the deep baying
of a hound floated up out of the distance, an
owl answered with his sepulchral note. The
boys were subdued by these solemnities,
and talked little. By and by they judged that
twelve had come; they marked where the
shadow fell, and began to dig. Their hopes
commenced to rise. Their interest grew
stronger, and their industry kept pace with it.
The hole deepened and still deepened, but
every time their hearts jumped to hear the
pick strike upon something, they only
suffered a new disappointment. It was only
a stone or a chunk. At last Tom said:

"It ain't any use, Huck, we're wrong again."

"Well, but we can't be wrong. We spotted the
shadder to a dot."

"I know it, but then there's another thing."

"What's that?".

"Why, we only guessed at the time. Like
enough it was too late or too early."

Huck dropped his shovel.

"That's it," said he. "That's the very trouble.
We got to give this one up. We can't ever tell
the right time, and besides this kind of
thing's too awful, here this time of night with
witches and ghosts a-fluttering around so. I

-91-

feel as if something's behind me all the
time; and I'm afeard to turn around, becuz
maybe there's others in front a-waiting for a
chance. I been creeping all over, ever since I
got here."

"Well, I've been pretty much so, too, Huck.
They most always put in a dead man when
they bury a treasure under a tree, to look out
for it."

"Lordy!"

"Yes, they do. I've always heard that."

"Tom, I don't like to fool around much where
there's dead people. A body's bound to get
into trouble with 'em, sure."

"I don't like to stir 'em up, either. S'pose this
one here was to stick his skull out and say
something!"

"Don't Tom! It's awful."

"Well, it just is. Huck, I don't feel comfortable
a bit."

"Say, Tom, let's give this place up, and try
somewheres else."

"All right, I reckon we better."

"What'll it be?"

Tom considered awhile; and then said:

"The ha'nted house. That's it!"

"Blame it, I don't like ha'nted houses, Tom.
Why, they're a dern sight worse'n dead
people. Dead people might talk, maybe, but
they don't come sliding around in a shroud,
when you ain't noticing, and peep over your
shoulder all of a sudden and grit their teeth,
the way a ghost does. I couldn't stand such

a thing as that, Tom nobody could."

"Yes, but, Huck, ghosts don't travel around
only at night. They won't hender us from
digging there in the daytime."

"Well, that's so. But you know mighty well
people don't go about that ha'nted house in
the day nor the night."

"Well, that's mostly because they don't like
to go where a man's been murdered,
anyway but nothing's ever been seen
around that house except in the night just
some blue lights slipping by the windows no
regular ghosts."

"Well, where you see one of them blue lights
flickering around, Tom, you can bet there's
a ghost mighty close behind it. It stands to
reason. Becuz you know that they don't
anybody but ghosts use 'em."

"Yes, that's so. But anyway they don't come
around in the daytime, so what's the use of
our being afeard?"

"Well, all right. We'll tackle the ha'nted house
if you say so but I reckon it's taking
chances."

They had started down the hill by this time.
There in the middle of the moonlit valley
below them stood the "ha'nted" house,
utterly isolated, its fences gone long ago,
rank weeds smothering the very doorsteps,
the chimney crumbled to ruin, the window-
sashes vacant, a corner of the roof caved
in. The boys gazed awhile, half expecting to
see a blue light flit past a window; then
talking in a low tone, as befitted the time
and the circumstances, they struck far off to
the right, to give the haunted house a wide
berth, and took their way homeward through
the woods that adorned the rearward side
of Cardiff Hill.

-92-

Chapter XXVI

About noon the next day the boys arrived at
the dead tree; they had come for their tools.
Tom was impatient to go to the haunted
house; Huck was measurably so, also but
suddenly said:

"Lookyhere, Tom, do you know what day it
is?"

Tom mentally ran over the days of the week,
and then quickly lifted his eyes with a
startled look in them

"My! I never once thought of it, Huck!"

"Well, I didn't neither, but all at once it
popped onto me that it was Friday."

"Blame it, a body can't be too careful, Huck.
We might 'a' got into an awful scrape,
tackling such a thing on a Friday."

"Might! Better say we would! There's some
lucky days, maybe, but Friday ain't."

"Any fool knows that. I don't reckon you was
the first that found it out, Huck."

"Well, I never said I was, did I? And Friday
ain't all, neither. I had a rotten bad dream
last night dreampt about rats."

"No! Sure sign of trouble. Did they fight?"

"No."

"Well, that's good, Huck. When they don't
fight it's only a sign that there's trouble
around, you know. All we got to do is to look
mighty sharp and keep out of it. We'll drop
this thing for to-day, and play. Do you know
Robin Hood, Huck?"

"No. Who's Robin Hood?"

"Why, he was one of the greatest men that
was ever in England and the best. He was a
robber."

"Cracky, I wisht I was. Who did he rob?"

"Only sheriffs and bishops and rich people
and kings, and such like. But he never
bothered the poor. He loved 'em. He always
divided up with 'em perfectly square."

"Well, he must 'a' been a brick."

"I bet you he was, Huck. Oh, he was the
noblest man that ever was. They ain't any
such men now, I can tell you. He could lick
any man in England, with one hand tied
behind him; and he could take his yew bow
and plug a ten-cent piece every time, a mile
and a half."

"What's a yew bow?"

"I don't know. It's some kind of a bow, of
course. And if he hit that dime only on the
edge he would set down and cry and curse.
But we'll play Robin Hood it's nobby fun. I'll
learn you."

"I'm agreed."

So they played Robin Hood all the
afternoon, now and then casting a yearning
eye down upon the haunted house and
passing a remark about the morrow's
prospects and possibilities there. As the
sun began to sink into the west they took
their way homeward athwart the long
shadows of the trees and soon were buried
from sight in the forests of Cardiff Hill.

On Saturday, shortly after noon, the boys
were at the dead tree again. They had a
smoke and a chat in the shade, and then
dug a little in their last hole, not with great
hope, but merely because Tom said there

-93-

were so many cases where people had
given up a treasure after getting down
within six inches of it, and then somebody
else had come along and turned it up with a
single thrust of a shovel. The thing failed this
time, however, so the boys shouldered their
tools and went away feeling that they had
not trifled with fortune, but had fulfilled all the
requirements that belong to the business of
treasure-hunting.

When they reached the haunted house there
was something so weird and grisly about
the dead silence that reigned there under
the baking sun, and something so
depressing about the loneliness and
desolation of the place, that they were
afraid, for a moment, to venture in. Then
they crept to the door and took a trembling
peep. They saw a weed-grown, floorless
room, unplastered, an ancient fireplace,
vacant windows, a ruinous staircase; and
here, there, and everywhere hung ragged
and abandoned cobwebs. They presently
entered, softly, with quickened pulses,
talking in whispers, ears alert to catch the
slightest sound, and muscles tense and
ready for instant retreat.

In a little while familiarity modified their
fears and they gave the place a critical and
interested examination, rather admiring
their own boldness, and wondering at it,
too. Next they wanted to look up-stairs. This
was something like cutting off retreat, but
they got to daring each other, and of course
there could be but one result they threw their
tools into a corner and made the ascent. Up
there were the same signs of decay. In one
corner they found a closet that promised
mystery, but the promise was a fraud there
was nothing in it. Their courage was up now
and well in hand. They were about to go
down and begin work when

"Sh!" said Tom.

"What is it?" whispered Huck, blanching with
fright.

"Sh! ... There! ... Hear it?"

"Yes! ... Oh, my! Let's run!"

"Keep still! Don't you budge! They're
coming right toward the door."

The boys stretched themselves upon the
floor with their eyes to knot-holes in the
planking, and lay waiting, in a misery of
fear.

"They've stopped.... No coming.... Here they
are. Don't whisper another word, Huck. My
goodness, I wish I was out of this!"

Two men entered. Each boy said to himself:
"There's the old deaf and dumb Spaniard
that's been about town once or twice lately
never saw t'other man before."

"T'other" was a ragged, unkempt creature,
with nothing very pleasant in his face. The
Spaniard was wrapped in a serape; he had
bushy white whiskers; long white hair
flowed from under his sombrero, and he
wore green goggles. When they came in,
"t'other" was talking in a low voice; they sat
down on the ground, facing the door, with
their backs to the wall, and the speaker
continued his remarks. His manner became
less guarded and his words more distinct
as he proceeded:

"No," said he, "I've thought it all over, and I
don't like it. It's dangerous."

"Dangerous!" grunted the "deaf and dumb"
Spaniard to the vast surprise of the boys.
"Milksop!"

This voice made the boys gasp and quake.
It was Injun Joe's! There was silence for

-94-

some time. Then Joe said:

"What's any more dangerous than that job
up yonder but nothing's come of it."

"That's different. Away up the river so, and
not another house about. 'Twon't ever be
known that we tried, anyway, long as we
didn't succeed."

"Well, what's more dangerous than coming
here in the daytime! anybody would
suspicion us that saw us."

"I know that. But there warn't any other place
as handy after that fool of a job. I want to
quit this shanty. I wanted to yesterday, only it
warn't any use trying to stir out of here, with
those infernal boys playing over there on the
hill right in full view."

"Those infernal boys" quaked again under
the inspiration of this remark, and thought
how lucky it was that they had remembered
it was Friday and concluded to wait a day.
They wished in their hearts they had waited
a year.

The two men got out some food and made a
luncheon. After a long and thoughtful
silence, Injun Joe said:

"Look here, lad you go back up the river
where you belong. Wait there till you hear
from me. I'll take the chances on dropping
into this town just once more, for a look.
We'll do that 'dangerous' job after I've
spied around a little and think things look
well for it. Then for Texas! We'll leg it
together!"

This was satisfactory. Both men presently
fell to yawning, and Injun Joe said:

"I'm dead for sleep! It's your turn to watch."

He curled down in the weeds and soon
began to snore. His comrade stirred him
once or twice and he became quiet.
Presently the watcher began to nod; his
head drooped lower and lower, both men
began to snore now.

The boys drew a long, grateful breath. Tom
whispered:

"Now's our chance come!"

Huck said:

"I can't I'd die if they was to wake."

Tom urged Huck held back. At last Tom
rose slowly and softly, and started alone.
But the first step he made wrung such a
hideous creak from the crazy floor that he
sank down almost dead with fright. He
never made a second attempt. The boys lay
there counting the dragging moments till it
seemed to them that time must be done and
eternity growing gray; and then they were
grateful to note that at last the sun was
setting.

Now one snore ceased. Injun Joe sat up,
stared around smiled grimly upon his
comrade, whose head was drooping upon
his knees stirred him up with his foot and
said:

"Here! You're a watchman, ain't you! All
right, though nothing's happened."

"My! have I been asleep?"

"Oh, partly, partly. Nearly time for us to be
moving, pard. What'll we do with what little
swag we've got left?"

"I don't know leave it here as we've always
done, I reckon. No use to take it away till we
start south. Six hundred and fifty in silver's

-95-

something to carry."

"Well all right it won't matter to come here
once more."

"No but I'd say come in the night as we used
to do it's better."

"Yes: but look here; it may be a good while
before I get the right chance at that job;
accidents might happen; 'tain't in such a
very good place; we'll just regularly bury it
and bury it deep."

"Good idea," said the comrade, who
walked across the room, knelt down, raised
one of the rearward hearthstones and took
out a bag that jingled pleasantly. He
subtracted from it twenty or thirty dollars for
himself and as much for Injun Joe, and
passed the bag to the latter, who was on his
knees in the corner, now, digging with his
bowie-knife.

The boys forgot all their fears, all their
miseries in an instant. With gloating eyes
they watched every movement. Luck! the
splendor of it was beyond all imagination!
Six hundred dollars was money enough to
make half a dozen boys rich! Here was
treasure-hunting under the happiest
auspices there would not be any
bothersome uncertainty as to where to dig.
They nudged each other every moment
eloquent nudges and easily understood, for
they simply meant "Oh, but ain't you glad
now we're here!"

Joe's knife struck upon something.

"Hello!" said he.

"What is it?" said his comrade.

"Half-rotten plank no, it's a box, I believe.
Here bear a hand and we'll see what it's

here for. Never mind, I've broke a hole."

He reached his hand in and drew it out

"Man, it's money!"

The two men examined the handful of coins.
They were gold. The boys above were as
excited as themselves, and as delighted.

Joe's comrade said:

"We'll make quick work of this. There's an
old rusty pick over amongst the weeds in the
corner the other side of the fireplace I saw it
a minute ago."

He ran and brought the boys' pick and
shovel. Injun Joe took the pick, looked it
over critically, shook his head, muttered
something to himself, and then began to
use it. The box was soon unearthed. It was
not very large; it was iron bound and had
been very strong before the slow years had
injured it. The men contemplated the
treasure awhile in blissful silence.

"Pard, there's thousands of dollars here,"
said Injun Joe.

"'Twas always said that Murrel's gang used
to be around here one summer," the
stranger observed.

"I know it," said Injun Joe; "and this looks
like it, I should say."

"Now you won't need to do that job."

The half-breed frowned. Said he:

"You don't know me. Least you don't know
all about that thing. 'Tain't robbery
altogether it's revenge!" and a wicked light
flamed in his eyes. "I'll need your help in it.
When it's finished then Texas. Go home to

-96-

your Nance and your kids, and stand by till
you hear from me."

"Well if you say so; what'll we do with this
bury it again?"

"Yes. [Ravishing delight overhead.] No! by
the great Sachem, no! [Profound distress
overhead.] I'd nearly forgot. That pick had
fresh earth on it! [The boys were sick with
terror in a moment.] What business has a
pick and a shovel here? What business with
fresh earth on them? Who brought them here
and where are they gone? Have you heard
anybody? seen anybody? What! bury it
again and leave them to come and see the
ground disturbed? Not exactly not exactly.
We'll take it to my den."

"Why, of course! Might have thought of that
before. You mean Number One?"

"No Number Two under the cross. The other
place is bad too common."

"All right. It's nearly dark enough to start."

Injun Joe got up and went about from
window to window cautiously peeping out.
Presently he said:

"Who could have brought those tools here?
Do you reckon they can be up-stairs?"

The boys' breath forsook them. Injun Joe
put his hand on his knife, halted a moment,
undecided, and then turned toward the
stairway. The boys thought of the closet, but
their strength was gone. The steps came
creaking up the stairs the intolerable
distress of the situation woke the stricken
resolution of the lads they were about to
spring for the closet, when there was a
crash of rotten timbers and Injun Joe landed
on the ground amid the debris of the ruined
stairway. He gathered himself up cursing,

and his comrade said:

"Now what's the use of all that? If it's
anybody, and they're up there, let them stay
there who cares? If they want to jump down,
now, and get into trouble, who objects? It
will be dark in fifteen minutes and then let
them follow us if they want to. I'm willing. In
my opinion, whoever hove those things in
here caught a sight of us and took us for
ghosts or devils or something. I'll bet they're
running yet."

Joe grumbled awhile; then he agreed with
his friend that what daylight was left ought to
be economized in getting things ready for
leaving. Shortly afterward they slipped out
of the house in the deepening twilight, and
moved toward the river with their precious
box.

Tom and Huck rose up, weak but vastly
relieved, and stared after them through the
chinks between the logs of the house.
Follow? Not they. They were content to
reach ground again without broken necks,
and take the townward track over the hill.
They did not talk much. They were too much
absorbed in hating themselves hating the ill
luck that made them take the spade and the
pick there. But for that, Injun Joe never
would have suspected. He would have
hidden the silver with the gold to wait there
till his "revenge" was satisfied, and then he
would have had the misfortune to find that
money turn up missing. Bitter, bitter luck that
the tools were ever brought there!

They resolved to keep a lookout for that
Spaniard when he should come to town
spying out for chances to do his revengeful
job, and follow him to "Number Two,"
wherever that might be. Then a ghastly
thought occurred to Tom.

"Revenge? What if he means us, Huck!"

-97-

"Oh, don't!" said Huck, nearly fainting.

They talked it all over, and as they entered
town they agreed to believe that he might
possibly mean somebody else at least that
he might at least mean nobody but Tom,
since only Tom had testified.

Very, very small comfort it was to Tom to be
alone in danger! Company would be a
palpable improvement, he thought.

Chapter XXVII

The adventure of the day mightily tormented
Tom's dreams that night. Four times he had
his hands on that rich treasure and four
times it wasted to nothingness in his fingers
as sleep forsook him and wakefulness
brought back the hard reality of his
misfortune. As he lay in the early morning
recalling the incidents of his great
adventure, he noticed that they seemed
curiously subdued and far away somewhat
as if they had happened in another world, or
in a time long gone by. Then it occurred to
him that the great adventure itself must be a
dream! There was one very strong
argument in favor of this idea namely, that
the quantity of coin he had seen was too
vast to be real. He had never seen as much
as fifty dollars in one mass before, and he
was like all boys of his age and station in
life, in that he imagined that all references to
"hundreds" and "thousands" were mere
fanciful forms of speech, and that no such
sums really existed in the world. He never
had supposed for a moment that so large a
sum as a hundred dollars was to be found in
actual money in any one's possession. If his
notions of hidden treasure had been
analyzed, they would have been found to
consist of a handful of real dimes and a
bushel of vague, splendid, ungraspable
dollars.

But the incidents of his adventure grew
sensibly sharper and clearer under the
attrition of thinking them over, and so he
presently found himself leaning to the
impression that the thing might not have
been a dream, after all. This uncertainty
must be swept away. He would snatch a
hurried breakfast and go and find Huck.
Huck was sitting on the gunwale of a
flatboat, listlessly dangling his feet in the
water and looking very melancholy. Tom
concluded to let Huck lead up to the subject.
If he did not do it, then the adventure would
be proved to have been only a dream.

"Hello, Huck!"

"Hello, yourself."

Silence, for a minute.

"Tom, if we'd 'a' left the blame tools at the
dead tree, we'd 'a' got the money. Oh, ain't
it awful!"

"'Tain't a dream, then, 'tain't a dream!
Somehow I most wish it was. Dog'd if I
don't, Huck."

"What ain't a dream?"

"Oh, that thing yesterday. I been half thinking
it was."

"Dream! If them stairs hadn't broke down
you'd 'a' seen how much dream it was! I've
had dreams enough all night with that patch-
eyed Spanish devil going for me all through
'em rot him!"

"No, not rot him. Find him! Track the
money!"

"Tom, we'll never find him. A feller don't
have only one chance for such a pile and
that one's lost. I'd feel mighty shaky if I was

-98-

to see him, anyway."

"Well, so'd I; but I'd like to see him, anyway
and track him out to his Number Two."

"Number Two yes, that's it. I been thinking
'bout that. But I can't make nothing out of it.
What do you reckon it is?"

"I dono. It's too deep. Say, Huck maybe it's
the number of a house!"

"Goody! ... No, Tom, that ain't it. If it is, it
ain't in this one-horse town. They ain't no
numbers here."

"Well, that's so. Lemme think a minute. Here
it's the number of a room in a tavern, you
know!"

"Oh, that's the trick! They ain't only two
taverns. We can find out quick."

"You stay here, Huck, till I come."

Tom was off at once. He did not care to
have Huck's company in public places. He
was gone half an hour. He found that in the
best tavern, No. 2 had long been occupied
by a young lawyer, and was still so
occupied. In the less ostentatious house,
No. 2 was a mystery. The tavern-keeper's
young son said it was kept locked all the
time, and he never saw anybody go into it or
come out of it except at night; he did not
know any particular reason for this state of
things; had had some little curiosity, but it
was rather feeble; had made the most of
the mystery by entertaining himself with the
idea that that room was "ha'nted"; had
noticed that there was a light in there the
night before.

"That's what I've found out, Huck. I reckon
that's the very No. 2 we're after."

"I reckon it is, Tom. Now what you going to
do?"

"Lemme think."

Tom thought a long time. Then he said:

"I'll tell you. The back door of that No. 2 is the
door that comes out into that little close alley
between the tavern and the old rattle trap of
a brick store. Now you get hold of all the
door-keys you can find, and I'll nip all of
auntie's, and the first dark night we'll go
there and try 'em. And mind you, keep a
lookout for Injun Joe, because he said he
was going to drop into town and spy around
once more for a chance to get his revenge.
If you see him, you just follow him; and if he
don't go to that No. 2, that ain't the place."

"Lordy, I don't want to foller him by myself!"

"Why, it'll be night, sure. He mightn't ever
see you and if he did, maybe he'd never
think anything."

"Well, if it's pretty dark I reckon I'll track him. I
dono I dono. I'll try."

"You bet I'll follow him, if it's dark, Huck.
Why, he might 'a' found out he couldn't get
his revenge, and be going right after that
money."

"It's so, Tom, it's so. I'll foller him; I will, by
jingoes!"

"Now you're talking! Don't you ever
weaken, Huck, and I won't."

Chapter XXVIII

That night Tom and Huck were ready for
their adventure. They hung about the
neighborhood of the tavern until after nine,
one watching the alley at a distance and the

-99-

other the tavern door. Nobody entered the
alley or left it; nobody resembling the
Spaniard entered or left the tavern door.
The night promised to be a fair one; so Tom
went home with the understanding that if a
considerable degree of darkness came on,
Huck was to come and "maow," whereupon
he would slip out and try the keys. But the
night remained clear, and Huck closed his
watch and retired to bed in an empty sugar
hogshead about twelve.

Tuesday the boys had the same ill luck. Also
Wednesday. But Thursday night promised
better. Tom slipped out in good season with
his aunt's old tin lantern, and a large towel to
blindfold it with. He hid the lantern in Huck's
sugar hogshead and the watch began. An
hour before midnight the tavern closed up
and its lights (the only ones thereabouts)
were put out. No Spaniard had been seen.
Nobody had entered or left the alley.
Everything was auspicious. The blackness
of darkness reigned, the perfect stillness
was interrupted only by occasional
mutterings of distant thunder.

Tom got his lantern, lit it in the hogshead,
wrapped it closely in the towel, and the two
adventurers crept in the gloom toward the
tavern. Huck stood sentry and Tom felt his
way into the alley. Then there was a season
of waiting anxiety that weighed upon Huck's
spirits like a mountain. He began to wish he
could see a flash from the lantern it would
frighten him, but it would at least tell him that
Tom was alive yet. It seemed hours since
Tom had disappeared. Surely he must have
fainted; maybe he was dead; maybe his
heart had burst under terror and excitement.
In his uneasiness Huck found himself
drawing closer and closer to the alley;
fearing all sorts of dreadful things, and
momentarily expecting some catastrophe to
happen that would take away his breath.
There was not much to take away, for he

seemed only able to inhale it by thimblefuls,
and his heart would soon wear itself out, the
way it was beating. Suddenly there was a
flash of light and Tom came tearing by him:

.

"Run!" said he; "run, for your life!"

He needn't have repeated it; once was
enough; Huck was making thirty or forty
miles an hour before the repetition was
uttered. The boys never stopped till they
reached the shed of a deserted slaughter-
house at the lower end of the village. Just as
they got within its shelter the storm burst and
the rain poured down. As soon as Tom got
his breath he said:

"Huck, it was awful! I tried two of the keys,
just as soft as I could; but they seemed to
make such a power of racket that I couldn't
hardly get my breath I was so scared. They
wouldn't turn in the lock, either. Well, without
noticing what I was doing, I took hold of the
knob, and open comes the door! It warn't
locked! I hopped in, and shook off the
towel, and, great Caesar's ghost!"

"What! what'd you see, Tom?"

"Huck, I most stepped onto Injun Joe's
hand!"

"No!"

"Yes! He was lying there, sound asleep on
the floor, with his old patch on his eye and
his arms spread out."

"Lordy, what did you do? Did he wake up?"

"No, never budged. Drunk, I reckon. I just
grabbed that towel and started!"

"I'd never 'a' thought of the towel, I bet!"

-100-

"Well, I would. My aunt would make me
mighty sick if I lost it."

"Say, Tom, did you see that box?"

"Huck, I didn't wait to look around. I didn't
see the box, I didn't see the cross. I didn't
see anything but a bottle and a tin cup on the
floor by Injun Joe; yes, I saw two barrels
and lots more bottles in the room. Don't you
see, now, what's the matter with that
ha'nted room?"

"How?"

"Why, it's ha'nted with whiskey! Maybe all
the Temperance Taverns have got a
ha'nted room, hey, Huck?"

"Well, I reckon maybe that's so. Who'd 'a'
thought such a thing? But say, Tom, now's a
mighty good time to get that box, if Injun
Joe's drunk."

"It is, that! You try it!"

Huck shuddered.

"Well, no I reckon not."

"And I reckon not, Huck. Only one bottle
alongside of Injun Joe ain't enough. If
there'd been three, he'd be drunk enough
and I'd do it."

There was a long pause for reflection, and
then Tom said:

"Lookyhere, Huck, less not try that thing any
more till we know Injun Joe's not in there.
It's too scary. Now, if we watch every night,
we'll be dead sure to see him go out, some
time or other, and then we'll snatch that box
quicker'n lightning."

"Well, I'm agreed. I'll watch the whole night

long, and I'll do it every night, too, if you'll do
the other part of the job."

"All right, I will. All you got to do is to trot up
Hooper Street a block and maow and if I'm
asleep, you throw some gravel at the
window and that'll fetch me."

"Agreed, and good as wheat!"

"Now, Huck, the storm's over, and I'll go
home. It'll begin to be daylight in a couple of
hours. You go back and watch that long, will
you?"

"I said I would, Tom, and I will. I'll ha'nt that
tavern every night for a year! I'll sleep all day
and I'll stand watch all night."

"That's all right. Now, where you going to
sleep?"

"In Ben Rogers' hayloft. He lets me, and so
does his pap's nigger man, Uncle Jake. I
tote water for Uncle Jake whenever he
wants me to, and any time I ask him he
gives me a little something to eat if he can
spare it. That's a mighty good nigger, Tom.
He likes me, becuz I don't ever act as if I
was above him. Sometime I've set right
down and eat with him. But you needn't tell
that. A body's got to do things when he's
awful hungry he wouldn't want to do as a
steady thing."

"Well, if I don't want you in the daytime, I'll let
you sleep. I won't come bothering around.
Any time you see something's up, in the
night, just skip right around and maow."

Chapter XXIX

The first thing Tom heard on Friday morning
was a glad piece of news Judge Thatcher's
family had come back to town the night
before. Both Injun Joe and the treasure

-101-

sunk into secondary importance for a
moment, and Becky took the chief place in
the boy's interest. He saw her and they had
an exhausting good time playing "hi-spy"
and "gully-keeper" with a crowd of their
schoolmates. The day was completed and
crowned in a peculiarly satisfactory way:
Becky teased her mother to appoint the next
day for the long-promised and long-
delayed picnic, and she consented. The
child's delight was boundless; and Tom's
not more moderate. The invitations were
sent out before sunset, and straightway the
young folks of the village were thrown into a
fever of preparation and pleasurable
anticipation. Tom's excitement enabled him
to keep awake until a pretty late hour, and
he had good hopes of hearing Huck's
"maow," and of having his treasure to
astonish Becky and the picnickers with,
next day; but he was disappointed. No
signal came that night.

Morning came, eventually, and by ten or
eleven o'clock a giddy and rollicking
company were gathered at Judge
Thatcher's, and everything was ready for a
start. It was not the custom for elderly
people to mar the picnics with their
presence. The children were considered
safe enough under the wings of a few young
ladies of eighteen and a few young
gentlemen of twenty-three or thereabouts.
The old steam ferryboat was chartered for
the occasion; presently the gay throng filed
up the main street laden with provision-
baskets. Sid was sick and had to miss the
fun; Mary remained at home to entertain
him. The last thing Mrs. Thatcher said to
Becky, was:

"You'll not get back till late. Perhaps you'd
better stay all night with some of the girls
that live near the ferry-landing, child."

"Then I'll stay with Susy Harper, mamma."

"Very well. And mind and behave yourself
and don't be any trouble."

Presently, as they tripped along, Tom said
to Becky:

"Say I'll tell you what we'll do. 'Stead of
going to Joe Harper's we'll climb right up
the hill and stop at the Widow Douglas'.
She'll have ice-cream! She has it most
every day dead loads of it. And she'll be
awful glad to have us."

"Oh, that will be fun!"

Then Becky reflected a moment and said:

"But what will mamma say?"

"How'll she ever know?"

The girl turned the idea over in her mind,
and said reluctantly:

"I reckon it's wrong but --"

"But shucks! Your mother won't know, and
so what's the harm? All she wants is that
you'll be safe; and I bet you she'd 'a' said
go there if she'd 'a' thought of it. I know she
would!"

The Widow Douglas' splendid hospitality
was a tempting bait. It and Tom's
persuasions presently carried the day. So it
was decided to say nothing anybody about
the night's programme. Presently it
occurred to Tom that maybe Huck might
come this very night and give the signal. The
thought took a deal of the spirit out of his
anticipations. Still he could not bear to give
up the fun at Widow Douglas'. And why
should he give it up, he reasoned the signal
did not come the night before, so why
should it be any more likely to come to-
night? The sure fun of the evening

-102-

outweighed the uncertain treasure; and,
boylike, he determined to yield to the
stronger inclination and not allow himself to
think of the box of money another time that
day.

Three miles below town the ferryboat
stopped at the mouth of a woody hollow and
tied up. The crowd swarmed ashore and
soon the forest distances and craggy
heights echoed far and near with shoutings
and laughter. All the different ways of
getting hot and tired were gone through
with, and by-and-by the rovers straggled
back to camp fortified with responsible
appetites, and then the destruction of the
good things began. After the feast there
was a refreshing season of rest and chat in
the shade of spreading oaks. By-and-by
somebody shouted:

"Who's ready for the cave?"

Everybody was. Bundles of candles were
procured, and straightway there was a
general scamper up the hill. The mouth of
the cave was up the hillside an opening
shaped like a letter A. Its massive oaken
door stood unbarred. Within was a small
chamber, chilly as an ice-house, and
walled by Nature with solid limestone that
was dewy with a cold sweat. It was
romantic and mysterious to stand here in the
deep gloom and look out upon the green
valley shining in the sun. But the
impressiveness of the situation quickly
wore off, and the romping began again. The
moment a candle was lighted there was a
general rush upon the owner of it; a struggle
and a gallant defence followed, but the
candle was soon knocked down or blown
out, and then there was a glad clamor of
laughter and a new chase. But all things
have an end. By-and-by the procession
went filing down the steep descent of the
main avenue, the flickering rank of lights

dimly revealing the lofty walls of rock almost
to their point of junction sixty feet overhead.
This main avenue was not more than eight
or ten feet wide. Every few steps other lofty
and still narrower crevices branched from it
on either hand for McDougal's cave was but
a vast labyrinth of crooked aisles that ran
into each other and out again and led
nowhere. It was said that one might wander
days and nights together through its intricate
tangle of rifts and chasms, and never find
the end of the cave; and that he might go
down, and down, and still down, into the
earth, and it was just the same labyrinth
under labyrinth, and no end to any of them.
No man "knew" the cave. That was an
impossible thing. Most of the young men
knew a portion of it, and it was not
customary to venture much beyond this
known portion. Tom Sawyer knew as much
of the cave as any one.

The procession moved along the main
avenue some three-quarters of a mile, and
then groups and couples began to slip
aside into branch avenues, fly along the
dismal corridors, and take each other by
surprise at points where the corridors
joined again. Parties were able to elude
each other for the space of half an hour
without going beyond the "known" ground.

By-and-by, one group after another came
straggling back to the mouth of the cave,
panting, hilarious, smeared from head to
foot with tallow drippings, daubed with clay,
and entirely delighted with the success of
the day. Then they were astonished to find
that they had been taking no note of time
and that night was about at hand. The
clanging bell had been calling for half an
hour. However, this sort of close to the
day's adventures was romantic and
therefore satisfactory. When the ferryboat
with her wild freight pushed into the stream,
nobody cared sixpence for the wasted time

-103-

but the captain of the craft.

Huck was already upon his watch when the
ferryboat's lights went glinting past the
wharf. He heard no noise on board, for the
young people were as subdued and still as
people usually are who are nearly tired to
death. He wondered what boat it was, and
why she did not stop at the wharf and then
he dropped her out of his mind and put his
attention upon his business. The night was
growing cloudy and dark. Ten o'clock
came, and the noise of vehicles ceased,
scattered lights began to wink out, all
straggling foot-passengers disappeared,
the village betook itself to its slumbers and
left the small watcher alone with the silence
and the ghosts. Eleven o'clock came, and
the tavern lights were put out; darkness
everywhere, now. Huck waited what
seemed a weary long time, but nothing
happened. His faith was weakening. Was
there any use? Was there really any use?
Why not give it up and turn in?

A noise fell upon his ear. He was all
attention in an instant. The alley door closed
softly. He sprang to the corner of the brick
store. The next moment two men brushed by
him, and one seemed to have something
under his arm. It must be that box! So they
were going to remove the treasure. Why call
Tom now? It would be absurd the men
would get away with the box and never be
found again. No, he would stick to their
wake and follow them; he would trust to the
darkness for security from discovery. So
communing with himself, Huck stepped out
and glided along behind the men, cat-like,
with bare feet, allowing them to keep just
far enough ahead not to be invisible.

They moved up the river street three blocks,
then turned to the left up a cross-street.
They went straight ahead, then, until they
came to the path that led up Cardiff Hill; this

they took. They passed by the old
Welshman's house, half-way up the hill,
without hesitating, and still climbed upward.
Good, thought Huck, they will bury it in the
old quarry. But they never stopped at the
quarry. They passed on, up the summit.
They plunged into the narrow path between
the tall sumach bushes, and were at once
hidden in the gloom. Huck closed up and
shortened his distance, now, for they would
never be able to see him. He trotted along
awhile; then slackened his pace, fearing he
was gaining too fast; moved on a piece,
then stopped altogether; listened; no
sound; none, save that he seemed to hear
the beating of his own heart. The hooting of
an owl came over the hill ominous sound!
But no footsteps. Heavens, was everything
lost! He was about to spring with winged
feet, when a man cleared his throat not four
feet from him! Huck's heart shot into his
throat, but he swallowed it again; and then
he stood there shaking as if a dozen agues
had taken charge of him at once, and so
weak that he thought he must surely fall to
the ground. He knew where he was. He
knew he was within five steps of the stile
leading into Widow Douglas' grounds. Very
well, he thought, let them bury it there; it
won't be hard to find.

Now there was a voice a very low voice
Injun Joe's:

"Damn her, maybe she's got company
there's lights, late as it is."

"I can't see any."

This was that stranger's voice the stranger
of the haunted house. A deadly chill went to
Huck's heart this, then, was the "revenge"
job! His thought was, to fly. Then he
remembered that the Widow Douglas had
been kind to him more than once, and
maybe these men were going to murder

-104-

her. He wished he dared venture to warn
her; but he knew he didn't dare they might
come and catch him. He thought all this and
more in the moment that elapsed between
the stranger's remark and Injun Joe's next
which was

"Because the bush is in your way. Now this
way now you see, don't you?"

"Yes. Well, there is company there, I reckon.
Better give it up."

"Give it up, and I just leaving this country
forever! Give it up and maybe never have
another chance. I tell you again, as I've told
you before, I don't care for her swag you
may have it. But her husband was rough on
me many times he was rough on me and
mainly he was the justice of the peace that
jugged me for a vagrant. And that ain't all. It
ain't a millionth part of it! He had me
horsewhipped! horsewhipped in front of the
jail, like a nigger! with all the town looking
on! Horsewhipped! do you understand? He
took advantage of me and died. But I'll take
it out of her."

"Oh, don't kill her! Don't do that!"

"Kill? Who said anything about killing? I
would kill him if he was here; but not her.
When you want to get revenge on a woman
you don't kill her bosh! you go for her looks.
You slit her nostrils you notch her ears like a
sow!"

"By God, that's --"

"Keep your opinion to yourself! It will be
safest for you. I'll tie her to the bed. If she
bleeds to death, is that my fault? I'll not cry,
if she does. My friend, you'll help me in this
thing for my sake that's why you're here I
mightn't be able alone. If you flinch, I'll kill
you. Do you understand that? And if I have to

kill you, I'll kill her and then I reckon nobody'll
ever know much about who done this
business."

"Well, if it's got to be done, let's get at it. The
quicker the better I'm all in a shiver."

"Do it now? And company there? Look here
I'll get suspicious of you, first thing you
know. No we'll wait till the lights are out
there's no hurry."

Huck felt that a silence was going to ensue
a thing still more awful than any amount of
murderous talk; so he held his breath and
stepped gingerly back; planted his foot
carefully and firmly, after balancing, one-
legged, in a precarious way and almost
toppling over, first on one side and then on
the other. He took another step back, with
the same elaboration and the same risks;
then another and another, and a twig
snapped under his foot! His breath stopped
and he listened. There was no sound the
stillness was perfect. His gratitude was
measureless. Now he turned in his tracks,
between the walls of sumach bushes turned
himself as carefully as if he were a ship and
then stepped quickly but cautiously along.
When he emerged at the quarry he felt
secure, and so he picked up his nimble
heels and flew. Down, down he sped, till he
reached the Welshman's. He banged at the
door, and presently the heads of the old
man and his two stalwart sons were thrust
from windows.

"What's the row there? Who's banging? What
do you want?"

"Let me in quick! I'll tell everything."

"Why, who are you?"

"Huckleberry Finn quick, let me in!"

-105-

"Huckleberry Finn, indeed! It ain't a name to
open many doors, I judge! But let him in,
lads, and let's see what's the trouble."

"Please don't ever tell I told you," were
Huck's first words when he got in. "Please
don't I'd be killed, sure but the widow's
been good friends to me sometimes, and I
want to tell I will tell if you'll promise you
won't ever say it was me."

"By George, he has got something to tell, or
he wouldn't act so!" exclaimed the old man;
"out with it and nobody here'll ever tell, lad."

Three minutes later the old man and his
sons, well armed, were up the hill, and just
entering the sumach path on tiptoe, their
weapons in their hands. Huck accompanied
them no further. He hid behind a great
bowlder and fell to listening. There was a
lagging, anxious silence, and then all of a
sudden there was an explosion of firearms
and a cry.

Huck waited for no particulars. He sprang
away and sped down the hill as fast as his
legs could carry him.

Chapter XXX

As the earliest suspicion of dawn appeared
on Sunday morning, Huck came groping up
the hill and rapped gently at the old
Welshman's door. The inmates were
asleep, but it was a sleep that was set on a
hair-trigger, on account of the exciting
episode of the night. A call came from a
window:

"Who's there!"

Huck's scared voice answered in a low
tone:

"Please let me in! It's only Huck Finn!"

"It's a name that can open this door night or
day, lad! and welcome!"

These were strange words to the vagabond
boy's ears, and the pleasantest he had ever
heard. He could not recollect that the closing
word had ever been applied in his case
before. The door was quickly unlocked, and
he entered. Huck was given a seat and the
old man and his brace of tall sons speedily
dressed themselves.

"Now, my boy, I hope you're good and
hungry, because breakfast will be ready as
soon as the sun's up, and we'll have a
piping hot one, too make yourself easy
about that! I and the boys hoped you'd turn
up and stop here last night."

"I was awful scared," said Huck, "and I run. I
took out when the pistols went off, and I
didn't stop for three mile. I've come now
becuz I wanted to know about it, you know;
and I come before daylight becuz I didn't
want to run across them devils, even if they
was dead."

"Well, poor chap, you do look as if you'd had
a hard night of it but there's a bed here for
you when you've had your breakfast. No,
they ain't dead, lad we are sorry enough for
that. You see we knew right where to put our
hands on them, by your description; so we
crept along on tiptoe till we got within fifteen
feet of them dark as a cellar that sumach
path was and just then I found I was going to
sneeze. It was the meanest kind of luck! I
tried to keep it back, but no use 'twas bound
to come, and it did come! I was in the lead
with my pistol raised, and when the sneeze
started those scoundrels a-rustling to get
out of the path, I sung out, 'Fire boys!' and
blazed away at the place where the rustling
was. So did the boys. But they were off in a
jiffy, those villains, and we after them,
down through the woods. I judge we never

-106-

touched them. They fired a shot apiece as
they started, but their bullets whizzed by and
didn't do us any harm. As soon as we lost
the sound of their feet we quit chasing, and
went down and stirred up the constables.
They got a posse together, and went off to
guard the river bank, and as soon as it is
light the sheriff and a gang are going to beat
up the woods. My boys will be with them
presently. I wish we had some sort of
description of those rascals 'twould help a
good deal. But you couldn't see what they
were like, in the dark, lad, I suppose?"

"Oh yes; I saw them down-town and
follered them."

"Splendid! Describe them describe them,
my boy!"

"One's the old deaf and dumb Spaniard
that's ben around here once or twice, and
t'other's a mean-looking, ragged --"

"That's enough, lad, we know the men!
Happened on them in the woods back of the
widow's one day, and they slunk away. Off
with you, boys, and tell the sheriff get your
breakfast to-morrow morning!"

The Welshman's sons departed at once. As
they were leaving the room Huck sprang up
and exclaimed:

"Oh, please don't tell anybody it was me that
blowed on them! Oh, please!"

"All right if you say it, Huck, but you ought to
have the credit of what you did."

"Oh no, no! Please don't tell!"

When the young men were gone, the old
Welshman said:

"They won't tell and I won't. But why don't

you want it known?"

Huck would not explain, further than to say
that he already knew too much about one of
those men and would not have the man
know that he knew anything against him for
the whole world he would be killed for
knowing it, sure.

The old man promised secrecy once more,
and said:

"How did you come to follow these fellows,
lad? Were they looking suspicious?"

Huck was silent while he framed a duly
cautious reply. Then he said:

"Well, you see, I'm a kind of a hard lot, least
everybody says so, and I don't see nothing
agin it and sometimes I can't sleep much,
on account of thinking about it and sort of
trying to strike out a new way of doing. That
was the way of it last night. I couldn't sleep,
and so I come along up-street 'bout
midnight, a-turning it all over, and when I got
to that old shackly brick store by the
Temperance Tavern, I backed up agin the
wall to have another think. Well, just then
along comes these two chaps slipping
along close by me, with something under
their arm, and I reckoned they'd stole it. One
was a-smoking, and t'other one wanted a
light; so they stopped right before me and
the cigars lit up their faces and I see that the
big one was the deaf and dumb Spaniard,
by his white whiskers and the patch on his
eye, and t'other one was a rusty, ragged-
looking devil."

"Could you see the rags by the light of the
cigars?"

This staggered Huck for a moment. Then he
said:

-107-

"Well, I don't know but somehow it seems as
if I did."

"Then they went on, and you --"

"Follered 'em yes. That was it. I wanted to
see what was up they sneaked along so. I
dogged 'em to the widder's stile, and stood
in the dark and heard the ragged one beg
for the widder, and the Spaniard swear
he'd spile her looks just as I told you and
your two --"

"What! The deaf and dumb man said all
that!"

Huck had made another terrible mistake!
He was trying his best to keep the old man
from getting the faintest hint of who the
Spaniard might be, and yet his tongue
seemed determined to get him into trouble
in spite of all he could do. He made several
efforts to creep out of his scrape, but the old
man's eye was upon him and he made
blunder after blunder. Presently the
Welshman said:

"My boy, don't be afraid of me. I wouldn't
hurt a hair of your head for all the world. No
I'd protect you I'd protect you. This Spaniard
is not deaf and dumb; you've let that slip
without intending it; you can't cover that up
now. You know something about that
Spaniard that you want to keep dark. Now
trust me tell me what it is, and trust me I
won't betray you."

Huck looked into the old man's honest eyes
a moment, then bent over and whispered in
his ear:

"'Tain't a Spaniard it's Injun Joe!"

The Welshman almost jumped out of his
chair. In a moment he said:

"It's all plain enough, now. When you talked
about notching ears and slitting noses I
judged that that was your own
embellishment, because white men don't
take that sort of revenge. But an Injun!
That's a different matter altogether."

During breakfast the talk went on, and in the
course of it the old man said that the last
thing which he and his sons had done,
before going to bed, was to get a lantern
and examine the stile and its vicinity for
marks of blood. They found none, but
captured a bulky bundle of

"Of what?"

If the words had been lightning they could
not have leaped with a more stunning
suddenness from Huck's blanched lips. His
eyes were staring wide, now, and his
breath suspended waiting for the answer.
The Welshman started stared in return three
seconds five seconds ten then replied:

"Of burglar's tools. Why, what's the matter
with you?"

Huck sank back, panting gently, but deeply,
unutterably grateful. The Welshman eyed
him gravely, curiously and presently said:

"Yes, burglar's tools. That appears to
relieve you a good deal. But what did give
you that turn? What were you expecting we'd
found?"

Huck was in a close place the inquiring eye
was upon him he would have given anything
for material for a plausible answer nothing
suggested itself the inquiring eye was
boring deeper and deeper a senseless
reply offered there was no time to weigh it,
so at a venture he uttered it feebly:

"Sunday-school books, maybe."

-108-

Poor Huck was too distressed to smile, but
the old man laughed loud and joyously,
shook up the details of his anatomy from
head to foot, and ended by saying that such
a laugh was money in a-man's pocket,
because it cut down the doctor's bill like
everything. Then he added:

"Poor old chap, you're white and jaded you
ain't well a bit no wonder you're a little
flighty and off your balance. But you'll come
out of it. Rest and sleep will fetch you out all
right, I hope."

Huck was irritated to think he had been such
a goose and betrayed such a suspicious
excitement, for he had dropped the idea
that the parcel brought from the tavern was
the treasure, as soon as he had heard the
talk at the widow's stile. He had only thought
it was not the treasure, however he had not
known that it wasn't and so the suggestion
of a captured bundle was too much for his
self-possession. But on the whole he felt
glad the little episode had happened, for
now he knew beyond all question that that
bundle was not the bundle, and so his mind
was at rest and exceedingly comfortable. In
fact, everything seemed to be drifting just in
the right direction, now; the treasure must
be still in No. 2, the men would be captured
and jailed that day, and he and Tom could
seize the gold that night without any trouble
or any fear of interruption.

Just as breakfast was completed there was
a knock at the door. Huck jumped for a
hiding-place, for he had no mind to be
connected even remotely with the late event.
The Welshman admitted several ladies and
gentlemen, among them the Widow
Douglas, and noticed that groups of citizens
were climbing up the hill to stare at the stile.
So the news had spread. The Welshman
had to tell the story of the night to the visitors.
The widow's gratitude for her preservation

was outspoken.

"Don't say a word about it, madam. There's
another that you're more beholden to than
you are to me and my boys, maybe, but he
don't allow me to tell his name. We wouldn't
have been there but for him."

Of course this excited a curiosity so vast
that it almost belittled the main matter but
the Welshman allowed it to eat into the vitals
of his visitors, and through them be
transmitted to the whole town, for he
refused to part with his secret. When all else
had been learned, the widow said:

"I went to sleep reading in bed and slept
straight through all that noise. Why didn't you
come and wake me?"

"We judged it warn't worth while. Those
fellows warn't likely to come again they
hadn't any tools left to work with, and what
was the use of waking you up and scaring
you to death? My three negro men stood
guard at your house all the rest of the night.
They've just come back."

More visitors came, and the story had to be
told and retold for a couple of hours more.

There was no Sabbath-school during day-
school vacation, but everybody was early at
church. The stirring event was well
canvassed. News came that not a sign of
the two villains had been yet discovered.
When the sermon was finished, Judge
Thatcher's wife dropped alongside of Mrs.
Harper as she moved down the aisle with
the crowd and said:

"Is my Becky going to sleep all day? I just
expected she would be tired to death."

"Your Becky?"

-109-

"Yes," with a startled look "didn't she stay
with you last night?"

"Why, no."

Mrs. Thatcher turned pale, and sank into a
pew, just as Aunt Polly, talking briskly with a
friend, passed by. Aunt Polly said:

"Good-morning, Mrs. Thatcher. Good-
morning, Mrs. Harper. I've got a boy that's
turned up missing. I reckon my Tom stayed
at your house last night one of you. And now
he's afraid to come to church. I've got to
settle with him."

Mrs. Thatcher shook her head feebly and
turned paler than ever.

"He didn't stay with us," said Mrs. Harper,
beginning to look uneasy. A marked anxiety
came into Aunt Polly's face.

"Joe Harper, have you seen my Tom this
morning?"

"No'm."

"When did you see him last?"

Joe tried to remember, but was not sure he
could say. The people had stopped moving
out of church. Whispers passed along, and a
boding uneasiness took possession of
every countenance. Children were anxiously
questioned, and young teachers. They all
said they had not noticed whether Tom and
Becky were on board the ferryboat on the
homeward trip; it was dark; no one thought
of inquiring if any one was missing. One
young man finally blurted out his fear that
they were still in the cave! Mrs. Thatcher
swooned away. Aunt Polly fell to crying and
wringing her hands.

The alarm swept from lip to lip, from group

to group, from street to street, and within
five minutes the bells were wildly clanging
and the whole town was up! The Cardiff Hill
episode sank into instant insignificance, the
burglars were forgotten, horses were
saddled, skiffs were manned, the ferryboat
ordered out, and before the horror was half
an hour old, two hundred men were pouring
down highroad and river toward the cave.

All the long afternoon the village seemed
empty and dead. Many women visited Aunt
Polly and Mrs. Thatcher and tried to comfort
them. They cried with them, too, and that
was still better than words. All the tedious
night the town waited for news; but when
the morning dawned at last, all the word that
came was, "Send more candles and send
food." Mrs. Thatcher was almost crazed;
and Aunt Polly, also. Judge Thatcher sent
messages of hope and encouragement
from the cave, but they conveyed no real
cheer.

The old Welshman came home toward
daylight, spattered with candle-grease,
smeared with clay, and almost worn out. He
found Huck still in the bed that had been
provided for him, and delirious with fever.
The physicians were all at the cave, so the
Widow Douglas came and took charge of
the patient. She said she would do her best
by him, because, whether he was good,
bad, or indifferent, he was the Lord's, and
nothing that was the Lord's was a thing to
be neglected. The Welshman said Huck had
good spots in him, and the widow said:

"You can depend on it. That's the Lord's
mark. He don't leave it off. He never does.
Puts it somewhere on every creature that
comes from his hands."

Early in the forenoon parties of jaded men
began to straggle into the village, but the
strongest of the citizens continued

-110-

searching. All the news that could be gained
was that remotenesses of the cavern were
being ransacked that had never been
visited before; that every corner and crevice
was going to be thoroughly searched; that
wherever one wandered through the maze
of passages, lights were to be seen flitting
hither and thither in the distance, and
shoutings and pistol-shots sent their hollow
reverberations to the ear down the sombre
aisles. In one place, far from the section
usually traversed by tourists, the names
"Becky & Tom" had been found traced upon
the rocky wall with candle-smoke, and near
at hand a grease-soiled bit of ribbon. Mrs.
Thatcher recognized the ribbon and cried
over it. She said it was the last relic she
should ever have of her child; and that no
other memorial of her could ever be so
precious, because this one parted latest
from the living body before the awful death
came. Some said that now and then, in the
cave, a far-away speck of light would
glimmer, and then a glorious shout would
burst forth and a score of men go trooping
down the echoing aisle and then a
sickening disappointment always followed;
the children were not there; it was only a
searcher's light.

Three dreadful days and nights dragged
their tedious hours along, and the village
sank into a hopeless stupor. No one had
heart for anything. The accidental
discovery, just made, that the proprietor of
the Temperance Tavern kept liquor on his
premises, scarcely fluttered the public
pulse, tremendous as the fact was. In a lucid
interval, Huck feebly led up to the subject of
taverns, and finally asked dimly dreading
the worst if anything had been discovered at
the Temperance Tavern since he had been
ill.

"Yes," said the widow.

Huck started up in bed, wild-eyed:

"What? What was it?"

"Liquor! and the place has been shut up. Lie
down, child what a turn you did give me!"

"Only tell me just one thing only just one
please! Was it Tom Sawyer that found it?"

The widow burst into tears. "Hush, hush,
child, hush! I've told you before, you must
not talk. You are very, very sick!"

Then nothing but liquor had been found;
there would have been a great powwow if it
had been the gold. So the treasure was
gone forever gone forever! But what could
she be crying about? Curious that she
should cry.

These thoughts worked their dim way
through Huck's mind, and under the
weariness they gave him he fell asleep. The
widow said to herself:

"There he's asleep, poor wreck. Tom
Sawyer find it! Pity but somebody could find
Tom Sawyer! Ah, there ain't many left, now,
that's got hope enough, or strength enough,
either, to go on searching."

Chapter XXXI

Now to return to Tom and Becky's share in
the picnic. They tripped along the murky
aisles with the rest of the company, visiting
the familiar wonders of the cave wonders
dubbed with rather overdescriptive names,
such as "The Drawing-Room," "The
Cathedral," "Aladdin's Palace," and so on.
Presently the hide-and-seek frolicking
began, and Tom and Becky engaged in it
with zeal until the exertion began to grow a
trifle wearisome; then they wandered down
a sinuous avenue holding their candles aloft

-111-

and reading the tangled web-work of
names, dates, post-office addresses, and
mottoes with which the rocky walls had
been frescoed (in candle-smoke). Still
drifting along and talking, they scarcely
noticed that they were now in a part of the
cave whose walls were not frescoed. They
smoked their own names under an
overhanging shelf and moved on. Presently
they came to a place where a little stream of
water, trickling over a ledge and carrying a
limestone sediment with it, had, in the slow-
dragging ages, formed a laced and ruffled
Niagara in gleaming and imperishable
stone. Tom squeezed his small body behind
it in order to illuminate it for Becky's
gratification. He found that it curtained a
sort of steep natural stairway which was
enclosed between narrow walls, and at
once the ambition to be a discoverer seized
him. Becky responded to his call, and they
made a smoke-mark for future guidance,
and started upon their quest. They wound
this way and that, far down into the secret
depths of the cave, made another mark,
and branched off in search of novelties to
tell the upper world about. In one place they
found a spacious cavern, from whose
ceiling depended a multitude of shining
stalactites of the length and circumference
of a man's leg; they walked all about it,
wondering and admiring, and presently left
it by one of the numerous passages that
opened into it. This shortly brought them to a
bewitching spring, whose basin was
incrusted with a frostwork of glittering
crystals; it was in the midst of a cavern
whose walls were supported by many
fantastic pillars which had been formed by
the joining of great stalactites and
stalagmites together, the result of the
ceaseless water-drip of centuries. Under
the roof vast knots of bats had packed
themselves together, thousands in a bunch;
the lights disturbed the creatures and they
came flocking down by hundreds,

squeaking and darting furiously at the
candles. Tom knew their ways and the
danger of this sort of conduct. He seized
Becky's hand and hurried her into the first
corridor that offered; and none too soon, for
a bat struck Becky's light out with its wing
while she was passing out of the cavern.
The bats chased the children a good
distance; but the fugitives plunged into
every new passage that offered, and at last
got rid of the perilous things. Tom found a
subterranean lake, shortly, which stretched
its dim length away until its shape was lost
in the shadows. He wanted to explore its
borders, but concluded that it would be best
to sit down and rest awhile, first. Now, for
the first time, the deep stillness of the place
laid a clammy hand upon the spirits of the
children. Becky said:

"Why, I didn't notice, but it seems ever so
long since I heard any of the others."

"Come to think, Becky, we are away down
below them and I don't know how far away
north, or south, or east, or whichever it is.
We couldn't hear them here."

Becky grew apprehensive.

"I wonder how long we've been down here,
Tom? We better start back."

"Yes, I reckon we better. P'raps we better."

"Can you find the way, Tom? It's all a mixed-
up crookedness to me."

"I reckon I could find it but then the bats. If
they put our candles out it will be an awful
fix. Let's try some other way, so as not to go
through there."

"Well. But I hope we won't get lost. It would
be so awful!" and the girl shuddered at the
thought of the dreadful possibilities.

-112-

They started through a corridor, and
traversed it in silence a long way, glancing
at each new opening, to see if there was
anything familiar about the look of it; but
they were all strange. Every time Tom made
an examination, Becky would watch his
face for an encouraging sign, and he would
say cheerily:

"Oh, it's all right. This ain't the one, but we'll
come to it right away!"

But he felt less and less hopeful with each
failure, and presently began to turn off into
diverging avenues at sheer random, in
desperate hope of finding the one that was
wanted. He still said it was "all right," but
there was such a leaden dread at his heart
that the words had lost their ring and
sounded just as if he had said, "All is lost!"
Becky clung to his side in an anguish of
fear, and tried hard to keep back the tears,
but they would come. At last she said:

"Oh, Tom, never mind the bats, let's go
back that way! We seem to get worse and
worse off all the time."

"Listen!" said he.

Profound silence; silence so deep that even
their breathings were conspicuous in the
hush. Tom shouted. The call went echoing
down the empty aisles and died out in the
distance in a faint sound that resembled a
ripple of mocking laughter.

"Oh, don't do it again, Tom, it is too horrid,"
said Becky.

"It is horrid, but I better, Becky; they might
hear us, you know," and he shouted again.

The "might" was even a chillier horror than
the ghostly laughter, it so confessed a
perishing hope. The children stood still and

listened; but there was no result. Tom turned
upon the back track at once, and hurried his
steps. It was but a little while before a
certain indecision in his manner revealed
another fearful fact to Becky he could not
find his way back!

"Oh, Tom, you didn't make any marks!"

"Becky, I was such a fool! Such a fool! I
never thought we might want to come back!
No I can't find the way. It's all mixed up."

"Tom, Tom, we're lost! we're lost! We never
can get out of this awful place! Oh, why did
we ever leave the others!"

She sank to the ground and burst into such a
frenzy of crying that Tom was appalled with
the idea that she might die, or lose her
reason. He sat down by her and put his
arms around her; she buried her face in his
bosom, she clung to him, she poured out
her terrors, her unavailing regrets, and the
far echoes turned them all to jeering
laughter. Tom begged her to pluck up hope
again, and she said she could not. He fell to
blaming and abusing himself for getting her
into this miserable situation; this had a
better effect. She said she would try to hope
again, she would get up and follow
wherever he might lead if only he would not
talk like that any more. For he was no more
to blame than she, she said.

So they moved on again aimlessly simply at
random all they could do was to move, keep
moving. For a little while, hope made a
show of reviving not with any reason to back
it, but only because it is its nature to revive
when the spring has not been taken out of it
by age and familiarity with failure.

By-and-by Tom took Becky's candle and
blew it out. This economy meant so much!
Words were not needed. Becky understood,

-113-

and her hope died again. She knew that
Tom had a whole candle and three or four
pieces in his pockets yet he must
economize.

By-and-by, fatigue began to assert its
claims; the children tried to pay attention,
for it was dreadful to think of sitting down
when time was grown to be so precious,
moving, in some direction, in any direction,
was at least progress and might bear fruit;
but to sit down was to invite death and
shorten its pursuit.

At last Becky's frail limbs refused to carry
her farther. She sat down. Tom rested with
her, and they talked of home, and the
friends there, and the comfortable beds
and, above all, the light! Becky cried, and
Tom tried to think of some way of
comforting her, but all his encouragements
were grown threadbare with use, and
sounded like sarcasms. Fatigue bore so
heavily upon Becky that she drowsed off to
sleep. Tom was grateful. He sat looking into
her drawn face and saw it grow smooth and
natural under the influence of pleasant
dreams; and by-and-by a smile dawned
and rested there. The peaceful face
reflected somewhat of peace and healing
into his own spirit, and his thoughts
wandered away to bygone times and
dreamy memories. While he was deep in his
musings, Becky woke up with a breezy little
laugh but it was stricken dead upon her lips,
and a groan followed it.

"Oh, how could I sleep! I wish I never, never
had waked! No! No, I don't, Tom! Don't
look so! I won't say it again."

"I'm glad you've slept, Becky; you'll feel
rested, now, and we'll find the way out."

"We can try, Tom; but I've seen such a
beautiful country in my dream. I reckon we

are going there."

"Maybe not, maybe not. Cheer up, Becky,
and let's go on trying."

They rose up and wandered along, hand in
hand and hopeless. They tried to estimate
how long they had been in the cave, but all
they knew was that it seemed days and
weeks, and yet it was plain that this could
not be, for their candles were not gone yet.
A long time after this they could not tell how
long Tom said they must go softly and listen
for dripping water they must find a spring.
They found one presently, and Tom said it
was time to rest again. Both were cruelly
tired, yet Becky said she thought she could
go a little farther. She was surprised to hear
Tom dissent. She could not understand it.
They sat down, and Tom fastened his
candle to the wall in front of them with some
clay. Thought was soon busy; nothing was
said for some time. Then Becky broke the
silence:

"Tom, I am so hungry!"

Tom took something out of his pocket.

"Do you remember this?" said he.

Becky almost smiled.

"It's our wedding-cake, Tom."

"Yes I wish it was as big as a barrel, for it's
all we've got."

"I saved it from the picnic for us to dream on,
Tom, the way grown-up people do with
wedding-cake but it'll be our --"

She dropped the sentence where it was.
Tom divided the cake and Becky ate with
good appetite, while Tom nibbled at his
moiety. There was abundance of cold water

-114-

to finish the feast with. By-and-by Becky
suggested that they move on again. Tom
was silent a moment. Then he said:

"Becky, can you bear it if I tell you
something?"

Becky's face paled, but she thought she
could.

"Well, then, Becky, we must stay here,
where there's water to drink. That little
piece is our last candle!"

Becky gave loose to tears and wailings.
Tom did what he could to comfort her, but
with little effect. At length Becky said:

"Tom!"

"Well, Becky?"

"They'll miss us and hunt for us!"

"Yes, they will! Certainly they will!"

"Maybe they're hunting for us now, Tom."

"Why, I reckon maybe they are. I hope they
are."

"When would they miss us, Tom?"

"When they get back to the boat, I reckon."

"Tom, it might be dark then would they
notice we hadn't come?"

"I don't know. But anyway, your mother
would miss you as soon as they got home."

A frightened look in Becky's face brought
Tom to his senses and he saw that he had
made a blunder. Becky was not to have
gone home that night! The children became
silent and thoughtful. In a moment a new

burst of grief from Becky showed Tom that
the thing in his mind had struck hers also
that the Sabbath morning might be half
spent before Mrs. Thatcher discovered that
Becky was not at Mrs. Harper's.

The children fastened their eyes upon their
bit of candle and watched it melt slowly and
pitilessly away; saw the half inch of wick
stand alone at last; saw the feeble flame
rise and fall, climb the thin column of
smoke, linger at its top a moment, and then
the horror of utter darkness reigned!

How long afterward it was that Becky came
to a slow consciousness that she was
crying in Tom's arms, neither could tell. All
that they knew was, that after what seemed
a mighty stretch of time, both awoke out of a
dead stupor of sleep and resumed their
miseries once more. Tom said it might be
Sunday, now maybe Monday. He tried to
get Becky to talk, but her sorrows were too
oppressive, all her hopes were gone. Tom
said that they must have been missed long
ago, and no doubt the search was going on.
He would shout and maybe some one
would come. He tried it; but in the darkness
the distant echoes sounded so hideously
that he tried it no more.

The hours wasted away, and hunger came
to torment the captives again. A portion of
Tom's half of the cake was left; they divided
and ate it. But they seemed hungrier than
before. The poor morsel of food only
whetted desire.

By-and-by Tom said:

"Sh! Did you hear that?"

Both held their breath and listened. There
was a sound like the faintest, far-off shout.
Instantly Tom answered it, and leading
Becky by the hand, started groping down

-115-

the corridor in its direction. Presently he
listened again; again the sound was heard,
and apparently a little nearer.

"It's them!" said Tom; "they're coming!
Come along, Becky we're all right now!"

The joy of the prisoners was almost
overwhelming. Their speed was slow,
however, because pitfalls were somewhat
common, and had to be guarded against.
They shortly came to one and had to stop. It
might be three feet deep, it might be a
hundred there was no passing it at any rate.
Tom got down on his breast and reached as
far down as he could. No bottom. They must
stay there and wait until the searchers
came. They listened; evidently the distant
shoutings were growing more distant! a
moment or two more and they had gone
altogether. The heart-sinking misery of it!
Tom whooped until he was hoarse, but it
was of no use. He talked hopefully to Becky;
but an age of anxious waiting passed and
no sounds came again.

The children groped their way back to the
spring. The weary time dragged on; they
slept again, and awoke famished and woe-
stricken. Tom believed it must be Tuesday
by this time.

Now an idea struck him. There were some
side passages near at hand. It would be
better to explore some of these than bear
the weight of the heavy time in idleness. He
took a kite-line from his pocket, tied it to a
projection, and he and Becky started, Tom
in the lead, unwinding the line as he groped
along. At the end of twenty steps the
corridor ended in a "jumping-off place."
Tom got down on his knees and felt below,
and then as far around the corner as he
could reach with his hands conveniently; he
made an effort to stretch yet a little farther to
the right, and at that moment, not twenty

yards away, a human hand, holding a
candle, appeared from behind a rock! Tom
lifted up a glorious shout, and instantly that
hand was followed by the body it belonged
to Injun Joe's! Tom was paralyzed; he could
not move. He was vastly gratified the next
moment, to see the "Spaniard" take to his
heels and get himself out of sight. Tom
wondered that Joe had not recognized his
voice and come over and killed him for
testifying in court. But the echoes must have
disguised the voice. Without doubt, that was
it, he reasoned. Tom's fright weakened
every muscle in his body. He said to himself
that if he had strength enough to get back to
the spring he would stay there, and nothing
should tempt him to run the risk of meeting
Injun Joe again. He was careful to keep
from Becky what it was he had seen. He
told her he had only shouted "for luck."

But hunger and wretchedness rise superior
to fears in the long run. Another tedious wait
at the spring and another long sleep brought
changes. The children awoke tortured with
a raging hunger. Tom believed that it must
be Wednesday or Thursday or even Friday
or Saturday, now, and that the search had
been given over. He proposed to explore
another passage. He felt willing to risk Injun
Joe and all other terrors. But Becky was
very weak. She had sunk into a dreary
apathy and would not be roused. She said
she would wait, now, where she was, and
die it would not be long. She told Tom to go
with the kite-line and explore if he chose;
but she implored him to come back every
little while and speak to her; and she made
him promise that when the awful time came,
he would stay by her and hold her hand until
all was over.

Tom kissed her, with a choking sensation in
his throat, and made a show of being
confident of finding the searchers or an
escape from the cave; then he took the kite-

-116-

line in his hand and went groping down one
of the passages on his hands and knees,
distressed with hunger and sick with
bodings of coming doom.

Chapter XXXII

Tuesday afternoon came, and waned to the
twilight. The village of St. Petersburg still
mourned. The lost children had not been
found. Public prayers had been offered up
for them, and many and many a private
prayer that had the petitioner's whole heart
in it; but still no good news came from the
cave. The majority of the searchers had
given up the quest and gone back to their
daily avocations, saying that it was plain the
children could never be found. Mrs.
Thatcher was very ill, and a great part of the
time delirious. People said it was
heartbreaking to hear her call her child, and
raise her head and listen a whole minute at
a time, then lay it wearily down again with a
moan. Aunt Polly had drooped into a settled
melancholy, and her gray hair had grown
almost white. The village went to its rest on
Tuesday night, sad and forlorn.

Away in the middle of the night a wild peal
burst from the village bells, and in a moment
the streets were swarming with frantic half-
clad people, who shouted, "Turn out! turn
out! they're found! they're found!" Tin pans
and horns were added to the din, the
population massed itself and moved toward
the river, met the children coming in an open
carriage drawn by shouting citizens,
thronged around it, joined its homeward
march, and swept magnificently up the main
street roaring huzzah after huzzah!

The village was illuminated; nobody went to
bed again; it was the greatest night the little
town had ever seen. During the first half-
hour a procession of villagers filed through
Judge Thatcher's house, seized the saved

ones and kissed them, squeezed Mrs.
Thatcher's hand, tried to speak but couldn't
and drifted out raining tears all over the
place.

Aunt Polly's happiness was complete, and
Mrs. Thatcher's nearly so. It would be
complete, however, as soon as the
messenger dispatched with the great news
to the cave should get the word to her
husband. Tom lay upon a sofa with an eager
auditory about him and told the history of the
wonderful adventure, putting in many
striking additions to adorn it withal; and
closed with a description of how he left
Becky and went on an exploring expedition;
how he followed two avenues as far as his
kite-line would reach; how he followed a
third to the fullest stretch of the kite-line, and
was about to turn back when he glimpsed a
far-off speck that looked like daylight;
dropped the line and groped toward it,
pushed his head and shoulders through a
small hole, and saw the broad Mississippi
rolling by! And if it had only happened to be
night he would not have seen that speck of
daylight and would not have explored that
passage any more! He told how he went
back for Becky and broke the good news
and she told him not to fret her with such
stuff, for she was tired, and knew she was
going to die, and wanted to. He described
how he labored with her and convinced her;
and how she almost died for joy when she
had groped to where she actually saw the
blue speck of daylight; how he pushed his
way out at the hole and then helped her out;
how they sat there and cried for gladness;
how some men came along in a skiff and
Tom hailed them and told them their
situation and their famished condition; how
the men didn't believe the wild tale at first,
"because," said they, "you are five miles
down the river below the valley the cave is
in" then took them aboard, rowed to a
house, gave them supper, made them rest

-117-

till two or three hours after dark and then
brought them home.

Before day-dawn, Judge Thatcher and the
handful of searchers with him were tracked
out, in the cave, by the twine clews they had
strung behind them, and informed of the
great news.

Three days and nights of toil and hunger in
the cave were not to be shaken off at once,
as Tom and Becky soon discovered. They
were bedridden all of Wednesday and
Thursday, and seemed to grow more and
more tired and worn, all the time. Tom got
about, a little, on Thursday, was down-town
Friday, and nearly as whole as ever
Saturday; but Becky did not leave her room
until Sunday, and then she looked as if she
had passed through a wasting illness.

Tom learned of Huck's sickness and went
to see him on Friday, but could not be
admitted to the bedroom; neither could he
on Saturday or Sunday. He was admitted
daily after that, but was warned to keep still
about his adventure and introduce no
exciting topic. The Widow Douglas stayed
by to see that he obeyed. At home Tom
learned of the Cardiff Hill event; also that
the "ragged man's" body had eventually
been found in the river near the ferry-
landing; he had been drowned while trying
to escape, perhaps.

About a fortnight after Tom's rescue from
the cave, he started off to visit Huck, who
had grown plenty strong enough, now, to
hear exciting talk, and Tom had some that
would interest him, he thought. Judge
Thatcher's house was on Tom's way, and
he stopped to see Becky. The Judge and
some friends set Tom to talking, and some
one asked him ironically if he wouldn't like
to go to the cave again. Tom said he thought
he wouldn't mind it. The Judge said:

"Well, there are others just like you, Tom,
I've not the least doubt. But we have taken
care of that. Nobody will get lost in that cave
any more."

"Why?"

"Because I had its big door sheathed with
boiler iron two weeks ago, and triple-
locked and I've got the keys."

Tom turned as white as a sheet.

"What's the matter, boy! Here, run,
somebody! Fetch a glass of water!"

The water was brought and thrown into
Tom's face.

"Ah, now you're all right. What was the
matter with you, Tom?"

"Oh, Judge, Injun Joe's in the cave!"

Chapter XXXIII

Within a few minutes the news had spread,
and a dozen skiff-loads of men were on
their way to McDougal's cave, and the
ferryboat, well filled with passengers, soon
followed. Tom Sawyer was in the skiff that
bore Judge Thatcher.

When the cave door was unlocked, a
sorrowful sight presented itself in the dim
twilight of the place. Injun Joe lay stretched
upon the ground, dead, with his face close
to the crack of the door, as if his longing
eyes had been fixed, to the latest moment,
upon the light and the cheer of the free world
outside. Tom was touched, for he knew by
his own experience how this wretch had
suffered. His pity was moved, but
nevertheless he felt an abounding sense of
relief and security, now, which revealed to
him in a degree which he had not fully

-118-

appreciated before how vast a weight of
dread had been lying upon him since the
day he lifted his voice against this bloody-
minded outcast.

Injun Joe's bowie-knife lay close by, its
blade broken in two. The great foundation-
beam of the door had been chipped and
hacked through, with tedious labor; useless
labor, too, it was, for the native rock formed
a sill outside it, and upon that stubborn
material the knife had wrought no effect; the
only damage done was to the knife itself.
But if there had been no stony obstruction
there the labor would have been useless
still, for if the beam had been wholly cut
away Injun Joe could not have squeezed his
body under the door, and he knew it. So he
had only hacked that place in order to be
doing something in order to pass the weary
time in order to employ his tortured
faculties. Ordinarily one could find half a
dozen bits of candle stuck around in the
crevices of this vestibule, left there by
tourists; but there were none now. The
prisoner had searched them out and eaten
them. He had also contrived to catch a few
bats, and these, also, he had eaten, leaving
only their claws. The poor unfortunate had
starved to death. In one place, near at hand,
a stalagmite had been slowly growing up
from the ground for ages, builded by the
water-drip from a stalactite overhead. The
captive had broken off the stalagmite, and
upon the stump had placed a stone,
wherein he had scooped a shallow hollow
to catch the precious drop that fell once in
every three minutes with the dreary
regularity of a clock-tick a dessertspoonful
once in four and twenty hours. That drop
was falling when the Pyramids were new;
when Troy fell; when the foundations of
Rome were laid when Christ was crucified;
when the Conqueror created the British
empire; when Columbus sailed; when the
massacre at Lexington was "news." It is

falling now; it will still be falling when all
these things shall have sunk down the
afternoon of history, and the twilight of
tradition, and been swallowed up in the
thick night of oblivion. Has everything a
purpose and a mission? Did this drop fall
patiently during five thousand years to be
ready for this flitting human insect's need?
and has it another important object to
accomplish ten thousand years to come?
No matter. It is many and many a year since
the hapless half-breed scooped out the
stone to catch the priceless drops, but to
this day the tourist stares longest at that
pathetic stone and that slow-dropping
water when he comes to see the wonders
of McDougal's cave. Injun Joe's cup stands
first in the list of the cavern's marvels; even
"Aladdin's Palace" cannot rival it.

Injun Joe was buried near the mouth of the
cave; and people flocked there in boats and
wagons from the towns and from all the
farms and hamlets for seven miles around;
they brought their children, and all sorts of
provisions, and confessed that they had
had almost as satisfactory a time at the
funeral as they could have had at the
hanging.

This funeral stopped the further growth of
one thing the petition to the governor for
Injun Joe's pardon. The petition had been
largely signed; many tearful and eloquent
meetings had been held, and a committee
of sappy women been appointed to go in
deep mourning and wail around the
governor, and implore him to be a merciful
ass and trample his duty under foot. Injun
Joe was believed to have killed five citizens
of the village, but what of that? If he had
been Satan himself there would have been
plenty of weaklings ready to scribble their
names to a pardon-petition, and drip a tear
on it from their permanently impaired and
leaky water-works.

-119-

The morning after the funeral Tom took
Huck to a private place to have an important
talk. Huck had learned all about Tom's
adventure from the Welshman and the
Widow Douglas, by this time, but Tom said
he reckoned there was one thing they had
not told him; that thing was what he wanted
to talk about now. Huck's face saddened.
He said:

"I know what it is. You got into No. 2 and
never found anything but whiskey. Nobody
told me it was you; but I just knowed it must
'a' ben you, soon as I heard 'bout that
whiskey business; and I knowed you hadn't
got the money becuz you'd 'a' got at me
some way or other and told me even if you
was mum to everybody else. Tom,
something's always told me we'd never get
holt of that swag."

"Why, Huck, I never told on that tavern-
keeper. You know his tavern was all right the
Saturday I went to the picnic. Don't you
remember you was to watch there that
night?"

"Oh yes! Why, it seems 'bout a year ago. It
was that very night that I follered Injun Joe to
the widder's."

"You followed him?"

"Yes but you keep mum. I reckon Injun Joe's
left friends behind him, and I don't want 'em
souring on me and doing me mean tricks. If
it hadn't ben for me he'd be down in Texas
now, all right."

Then Huck told his entire adventure in
confidence to Tom, who had only heard of
the Welshman's part of it before.

"Well," said Huck, presently, coming back to
the main question, "whoever nipped the
whiskey in No. 2, nipped the money, too, I

reckon anyways it's a goner for us, Tom."

"Huck, that money wasn't ever in No. 2!"

"What!" Huck searched his comrade's face
keenly. "Tom, have you got on the track of
that money again?"

"Huck, it's in the cave!"

Huck's eyes blazed.

"Say it again, Tom."

"The money's in the cave!"

"Tom honest injun, now is it fun, or
earnest?"

"Earnest, Huck just as earnest as ever I was
in my life. Will you go in there with me and
help get it out?"

"I bet I will! I will if it's where we can blaze
our way to it and not get lost."

"Huck, we can do that without the least little
bit of trouble in the world."

"Good as wheat! What makes you think the
money's --"

"Huck, you just wait till we get in there. If we
don't find it I'll agree to give you my drum
and every thing I've got in the world. I will, by
jings."

"All right it's a whiz. When do you say?"

"Right now, if you say it. Are you strong
enough?"

"Is it far in the cave? I ben on my pins a little,
three or four days, now, but I can't walk
more'n a mile, Tom least I don't think I
could."

-120-

"It's about five mile into there the way
anybody but me would go, Huck, but there's
a mighty short cut that they don't anybody
but me know about. Huck, I'll take you right
to it in a skiff. I'll float the skiff down there,
and I'll pull it back again all by myself. You
needn't ever turn your hand over."

"Less start right off, Tom."

"All right. We want some bread and meat,
and our pipes, and a little bag or two, and
two or three kite-strings, and some of these
new-fangled things they call lucifer
matches. I tell you, many's the time I wished
I had some when I was in there before."

A trifle after noon the boys borrowed a small
skiff from a citizen who was absent, and got
under way at once. When they were several
miles below "Cave Hollow," Tom said:

"Now you see this bluff here looks all alike
all the way down from the cave hollow no
houses, no wood-yards, bushes all alike.
But do you see that white place up yonder
where there's been a landslide? Well, that's
one of my marks. We'll get ashore, now."

They landed.

"Now, Huck, where we're a-standing you
could touch that hole I got out of with a
fishing-pole. See if you can find it."

Huck searched all the place about, and
found nothing. Tom proudly marched into a
thick clump of sumach bushes and said:

"Here you are! Look at it, Huck; it's the
snuggest hole in this country. You just keep
mum about it. All along I've been wanting to
be a robber, but I knew I'd got to have a
thing like this, and where to run across it
was the bother. We've got it now, and we'll
keep it quiet, only we'll let Joe Harper and

Ben Rogers in because of course there's
got to be a Gang, or else there wouldn't be
any style about it. Tom Sawyer's Gang it
sounds splendid, don't it, Huck?"

"Well, it just does, Tom. And who'll we rob?"

"Oh, most anybody. Waylay people that's
mostly the way."

"And kill them?"

"No, not always. Hive them in the cave till
they raise a ransom."

"What's a ransom?"

"Money. You make them raise all they can,
off'n their friends; and after you've kept
them a year, if it ain't raised then you kill
them. That's the general way. Only you don't
kill the women. You shut up the women, but
you don't kill them. They're always beautiful
and rich, and awfully scared. You take their
watches and things, but you always take
your hat off and talk polite. They ain't
anybody as polite as robbers you'll see that
in any book. Well, the women get to loving
you, and after they've been in the cave a
week or two weeks they stop crying and
after that you couldn't get them to leave. If
you drove them out they'd turn right around
and come back. It's so in all the books."

"Why, it's real bully, Tom. I believe it's
better'n to be a pirate."

"Yes, it's better in some ways, because it's
close to home and circuses and all that."

By this time everything was ready and the
boys entered the hole, Tom in the lead. They
toiled their way to the farther end of the
tunnel, then made their spliced kite-strings
fast and moved on. A few steps brought
them to the spring, and Tom felt a shudder

-121-

quiver all through him. He showed Huck the
fragment of candle-wick perched on a lump
of clay against the wall, and described how
he and Becky had watched the flame
struggle and expire.

The boys began to quiet down to whispers,
now, for the stillness and gloom of the place
oppressed their spirits. They went on, and
presently entered and followed Tom's other
corridor until they reached the "jumping-off
place." The candles revealed the fact that it
was not really a precipice, but only a steep
clay hill twenty or thirty feet high. Tom
whispered:

"Now I'll show you something, Huck."

He held his candle aloft and said:

"Look as far around the corner as you can.
Do you see that? There on the big rock over
yonder done with candle-smoke."

"Tom, it's a cross!"

"Now where's your Number Two? 'Under
the cross,' hey? Right yonder's where I saw
Injun Joe poke up his candle, Huck!"

Huck stared at the mystic sign awhile, and
then said with a shaky voice:

"Tom, less git out of here!"

"What! and leave the treasure?"

"Yes leave it. Injun Joe's ghost is round
about there, certain."

"No it ain't, Huck, no it ain't. It would ha'nt
the place where he died away out at the
mouth of the cave five mile from here."

"No, Tom, it wouldn't. It would hang round
the money. I know the ways of ghosts, and

so do you."

Tom began to fear that Huck was right.
Misgivings gathered in his mind. But
presently an idea occurred to him

"Lookyhere, Huck, what fools we're making
of ourselves! Injun Joe's ghost ain't a going
to come around where there's a cross!"

The point was well taken. It had its effect.

"Tom, I didn't think of that. But that's so. It's
luck for us, that cross is. I reckon we'll climb
down there and have a hunt for that box."

Tom went first, cutting rude steps in the clay
hill as he descended. Huck followed. Four
avenues opened out of the small cavern
which the great rock stood in. The boys
examined three of them with no result. They
found a small recess in the one nearest the
base of the rock, with a pallet of blankets
spread down in it; also an old suspender,
some bacon rind, and the well-gnawed
bones of two or three fowls. But there was
no money-box. The lads searched and
researched this place, but in vain. Tom said:

"He said under the cross. Well, this comes
nearest to being under the cross. It can't be
under the rock itself, because that sets solid
on the ground."

They searched everywhere once more, and
then sat down discouraged. Huck could
suggest nothing. By-and-by Tom said:

"Lookyhere, Huck, there's footprints and
some candle-grease on the clay about one
side of this rock, but not on the other sides.
Now, what's that for? I bet you the money is
under the rock. I'm going to dig in the clay."

"That ain't no bad notion, Tom!" said Huck
with animation.

-122-

Tom's "real Barlow" was out at once, and
he had not dug four inches before he struck
wood.

"Hey, Huck! you hear that?"

Huck began to dig and scratch now. Some
boards were soon uncovered and removed.
They had concealed a natural chasm which
led under the rock. Tom got into this and
held his candle as far under the rock as he
could, but said he could not see to the end
of the rift. He proposed to explore. He
stooped and passed under; the narrow way
descended gradually. He followed its
winding course, first to the right, then to the
left, Huck at his heels. Tom turned a short
curve, by-and-by, and exclaimed:

"My goodness, Huck, lookyhere!"

It was the treasure-box, sure enough,
occupying a snug little cavern, along with an
empty powder-keg, a couple of guns in
leather cases, two or three pairs of old
moccasins, a leather belt, and some other
rubbish well soaked with the water-drip.

"Got it at last!" said Huck, ploughing among
the tarnished coins with his hand. "My, but
we're rich, Tom!"

"Huck, I always reckoned we'd get it. It's
just too good to believe, but we have got it,
sure! Say let's not fool around here. Let's
snake it out. Lemme see if I can lift the box."

It weighed about fifty pounds. Tom could lift
it, after an awkward fashion, but could not
carry it conveniently.

"I thought so," he said; "They carried it like it
was heavy, that day at the ha'nted house. I
noticed that. I reckon I was right to think of
fetching the little bags along."

The money was soon in the bags and the
boys took it up to the cross rock.

"Now less fetch the guns and things," said
Huck.

"No, Huck leave them there. They're just the
tricks to have when we go to robbing. We'll
keep them there all the time, and we'll hold
our orgies there, too. It's an awful snug
place for orgies."

"What orgies?"

"I dono. But robbers always have orgies,
and of course we've got to have them, too.
Come along, Huck, we've been in here a
long time. It's getting late, I reckon. I'm
hungry, too. We'll eat and smoke when we
get to the skiff."

They presently emerged into the clump of
sumach bushes, looked warily out, found
the coast clear, and were soon lunching and
smoking in the skiff. As the sun dipped
toward the horizon they pushed out and got
under way. Tom skimmed up the shore
through the long twilight, chatting cheerily
with Huck, and landed shortly after dark.

"Now, Huck," said Tom, "we'll hide the
money in the loft of the widow's woodshed,
and I'll come up in the morning and we'll
count it and divide, and then we'll hunt up a
place out in the woods for it where it will be
safe. Just you lay quiet here and watch the
stuff till I run and hook Benny Taylor's little
wagon; I won't be gone a minute."

He disappeared, and presently returned
with the wagon, put the two small sacks into
it, threw some old rags on top of them, and
started off, dragging his cargo behind him.
When the boys reached the Welshman's
house, they stopped to rest. Just as they
were about to move on, the Welshman

-123-

stepped out and said:

"Hallo, who's that?"

"Huck and Tom Sawyer."

"Good! Come along with me, boys, you are
keeping everybody waiting. Here hurry up,
trot ahead I'll haul the wagon for you. Why,
it's not as light as it might be. Got bricks in
it? or old metal?"

"Old metal," said Tom.

"I judged so; the boys in this town will take
more trouble and fool away more time
hunting up six bits' worth of old iron to sell to
the foundry than they would to make twice
the money at regular work. But that's human
nature hurry along, hurry along!"

The boys wanted to know what the hurry
was about.

"Never mind; you'll see, when we get to the
Widow Douglas'."

Huck said with some apprehension for he
was long used to being falsely accused:

"Mr. Jones, we haven't been doing nothing."

The Welshman laughed.

"Well, I don't know, Huck, my boy. I don't
know about that. Ain't you and the widow
good friends?"

"Yes. Well, she's ben good friends to me,
anyway."

"All right, then. What do you want to be afraid
for?"

This question was not entirely answered in
Huck's slow mind before he found himself

pushed, along with Tom, into Mrs. Douglas'
drawing-room. Mr. Jones left the wagon
near the door and followed.

The place was grandly lighted, and
everybody that was of any consequence in
the village was there. The Thatchers were
there, the Harpers, the Rogerses, Aunt
Polly, Sid, Mary, the minister, the editor,
and a great many more, and all dressed in
their best. The widow received the boys as
heartily as any one could well receive two
such looking beings. They were covered
with clay and candle-grease. Aunt Polly
blushed crimson with humiliation, and
frowned and shook her head at Tom.
Nobody suffered half as much as the two
boys did, however. Mr. Jones said:

"Tom wasn't at home, yet, so I gave him up;
but I stumbled on him and Huck right at my
door, and so I just brought them along in a
hurry."

"And you did just right," said the widow.
"Come with me, boys."

She took them to a bedchamber and said:

"Now wash and dress yourselves. Here are
two new suits of clothes shirts, socks,
everything complete. They're Huck's no, no
thanks, Huck Mr. Jones bought one and I the
other. But they'll fit both of you. Get into
them. We'll wait come down when you are
slicked up enough."

Then she left.

Chapter XXXIV

Huck said: "Tom, we can slope, if we can
find a rope. The window ain't high from the
ground."

"Shucks! what do you want to slope for?"

-124-

"Well, I ain't used to that kind of a crowd. I
can't stand it. I ain't going down there,
Tom."

"Oh, bother! It ain't anything. I don't mind it a
bit. I'll take care of you."

Sid appeared.

"Tom," said he, "auntie has been waiting for
you all the afternoon. Mary got your Sunday
clothes ready, and everybody's been
fretting about you. Say ain't this grease and
clay, on your clothes?"

"Now, Mr. Siddy, you jist 'tend to your own
business. What's all this blow-out about,
anyway?"

"It's one of the widow's parties that she's
always having. This time it's for the
Welshman and his sons, on account of that
scrape they helped her out of the other night.
And say I can tell you something, if you want
to know."

"Well, what?"

"Why, old Mr. Jones is going to try to spring
something on the people here to-night, but I
overheard him tell auntie to-day about it, as
a secret, but I reckon it's not much of a
secret now. Everybody knows the widow,
too, for all she tries to let on she don't. Mr.
Jones was bound Huck should be here
couldn't get along with his grand secret
without Huck, you know!"

"Secret about what, Sid?"

"About Huck tracking the robbers to the
widow's. I reckon Mr. Jones was going to
make a grand time over his surprise, but I
bet you it will drop pretty flat."

Sid chuckled in a very contented and

satisfied way.

"Sid, was it you that told?"

"Oh, never mind who it was. somebody told
that's enough."

"Sid, there's only one person in this town
mean enough to do that, and that's you. If
you had been in Huck's place you'd 'a'
sneaked down the hill and never told
anybody on the robbers. You can't do any
but mean things, and you can't bear to see
anybody praised for doing good ones.
There no thanks, as the widow says" and
Tom cuffed Sid's ears and helped him to
the door with several kicks. "Now go and tell
auntie if you dare and to-morrow you'll
catch it!"

Some minutes later the widow's guests
were at the supper-table, and a dozen
children were propped up at little side-
tables in the same room, after the fashion of
that country and that day. At the proper time
Mr. Jones made his little speech, in which
he thanked the widow for the honor she was
doing himself and his sons, but said that
there was another person whose modesty

And so forth and so on. He sprung his secret
about Huck's share in the adventure in the
finest dramatic manner he was master of,
but the surprise it occasioned was largely
counterfeit and not as clamorous and
effusive as it might have been under
happier circumstances. However, the
widow made a pretty fair show of
astonishment, and heaped so many
compliments and so much gratitude upon
Huck that he almost forgot the nearly
intolerable discomfort of his new clothes in
the entirely intolerable discomfort of being
set up as a target for everybody's gaze and
everybody's laudations.

-125-

The widow said she meant to give Huck a
home under her roof and have him
educated; and that when she could spare
the money she would start him in business
in a modest way. Tom's chance was come.
He said:

"Huck don't need it. Huck's rich."

Nothing but a heavy strain upon the good
manners of the company kept back the due
and proper complimentary laugh at this
pleasant joke. But the silence was a little
awkward. Tom broke it:

"Huck's got money. Maybe you don't
believe it, but he's got lots of it. Oh, you
needn't smile I reckon I can show you. You
just wait a minute."

Tom ran out of doors. The company looked
at each other with a perplexed interest and
inquiringly at Huck, who was tongue-tied.

"Sid, what ails Tom?" said Aunt Polly. "He
well, there ain't ever any making of that boy
out. I never --"

Tom entered, struggling with the weight of
his sacks, and Aunt Polly did not finish her
sentence. Tom poured the mass of yellow
coin upon the table and said:

"There what did I tell you? Half of it's Huck's
and half of it's mine!"

The spectacle took the general breath
away. All gazed, nobody spoke for a
moment. Then there was a unanimous call
for an explanation. Tom said he could
furnish it, and he did. The tale was long, but
brimful of interest. There was scarcely an
interruption from any one to break the charm
of its flow. When he had finished, Mr. Jones
said:

"I thought I had fixed up a little surprise for
this occasion, but it don't amount to
anything now. This one makes it sing mighty
small, I'm willing to allow."

The money was counted. The sum
amounted to a little over twelve thousand
dollars. It was more than any one present
had ever seen at one time before, though
several persons were there who were worth
considerably more than that in property.

Chapter XXXV

The reader may rest satisfied that Tom's
and Huck's windfall made a mighty stir in
the poor little village of St. Petersburg. So
vast a sum, all in actual cash, seemed next
to incredible. It was talked about, gloated
over, glorified, until the reason of many of
the citizens tottered under the strain of the
unhealthy excitement. Every "haunted"
house in St. Petersburg and the neighboring
villages was dissected, plank by plank, and
its foundations dug up and ransacked for
hidden treasure and not by boys, but men
pretty grave, unromantic men, too, some of
them. Wherever Tom and Huck appeared
they were courted, admired, stared at. The
boys were not able to remember that their
remarks had possessed weight before; but
now their sayings were treasured and
repeated; everything they did seemed
somehow to be regarded as remarkable;
they had evidently lost the power of doing
and saying commonplace things;
moreover, their past history was raked up
and discovered to bear marks of
conspicuous originality. The village paper
published biographical sketches of the
boys.

The Widow Douglas put Huck's money out
at six per cent., and Judge Thatcher did the
same with Tom's at Aunt Polly's request.
Each lad had an income, now, that was

-126-

simply prodigious a dollar for every week-
day in the year and half of the Sundays. It
was just what the minister got no, it was
what he was promised he generally couldn't
collect it. A dollar and a quarter a week
would board, lodge, and school a boy in
those old simple days and clothe him and
wash him, too, for that matter.

Judge Thatcher had conceived a great
opinion of Tom. He said that no
commonplace boy would ever have got his
daughter out of the cave. When Becky told
her father, in strict confidence, how Tom
had taken her whipping at school, the Judge
was visibly moved; and when she pleaded
grace for the mighty lie which Tom had told
in order to shift that whipping from her
shoulders to his own, the Judge said with a
fine outburst that it was a noble, a
generous, a magnanimous lie a lie that was
worthy to hold up its head and march down
through history breast to breast with George
Washington's lauded Truth about the
hatchet! Becky thought her father had never
looked so tall and so superb as when he
walked the floor and stamped his foot and
said that. She went straight off and told Tom
about it.

Judge Thatcher hoped to see Tom a great
lawyer or a great soldier some day. He said
he meant to look to it that Tom should be
admitted to the National Military Academy
and afterward trained in the best law school
in the country, in order that he might be
ready for either career or both.

Huck Finn's wealth and the fact that he was
now under the Widow Douglas' protection
introduced him into society no, dragged him
into it, hurled him into it and his sufferings
were almost more than he could bear. The
widow's servants kept him clean and neat,
combed and brushed, and they bedded him
nightly in unsympathetic sheets that had not

one little spot or stain which he could press
to his heart and know for a friend. He had to
eat with a knife and fork; he had to use
napkin, cup, and plate; he had to learn his
book, he had to go to church; he had to talk
so properly that speech was become
insipid in his mouth; whithersoever he
turned, the bars and shackles of civilization
shut him in and bound him hand and foot.

He bravely bore his miseries three weeks,
and then one day turned up missing. For
forty-eight hours the widow hunted for him
everywhere in great distress. The public
were profoundly concerned; they searched
high and low, they dragged the river for his
body. Early the third morning Tom Sawyer
wisely went poking among some old empty
hogsheads down behind the abandoned
slaughter-house, and in one of them he
found the refugee. Huck had slept there; he
had just breakfasted upon some stolen
odds and ends of food, and was lying off,
now, in comfort, with his pipe. He was
unkempt, uncombed, and clad in the same
old ruin of rags that had made him
picturesque in the days when he was free
and happy. Tom routed him out, told him the
trouble he had been causing, and urged him
to go home. Huck's face lost its tranquil
content, and took a melancholy cast. He
said:

"Don't talk about it, Tom. I've tried it, and it
don't work; it don't work, Tom. It ain't for
me; I ain't used to it. The widder's good to
me, and friendly; but I can't stand them
ways. She makes me get up just at the
same time every morning; she makes me
wash, they comb me all to thunder; she
won't let me sleep in the woodshed; I got to
wear them blamed clothes that just
smothers me, Tom; they don't seem to any
air git through 'em, somehow; and they're
so rotten nice that I can't set down, nor lay
down, nor roll around anywher's; I hain't slid

-127-

on a cellar-door for well, it 'pears to be
years; I got to go to church and sweat and
sweat I hate them ornery sermons! I can't
ketch a fly in there, I can't chaw. I got to wear
shoes all Sunday. The widder eats by a bell;
she goes to bed by a bell; she gits up by a
bell everything's so awful reg'lar a body
can't stand it."

"Well, everybody does that way, Huck."

"Tom, it don't make no difference. I ain't
everybody, and I can't stand it. It's awful to
be tied up so. And grub comes too easy I
don't take no interest in vittles, that way. I
got to ask to go a-fishing; I got to ask to go
in a-swimming dern'd if I hain't got to ask to
do everything. Well, I'd got to talk so nice it
wasn't no comfort I'd got to go up in the attic
and rip out awhile, every day, to git a taste in
my mouth, or I'd a died, Tom. The widder
wouldn't let me smoke; she wouldn't let me
yell, she wouldn't let me gape, nor stretch,
nor scratch, before folks --" [Then with a
spasm of special irritation and injury] "And
dad fetch it, she prayed all the time! I never
see such a woman! I had to shove, Tom I
just had to. And besides, that school's
going to open, and I'd a had to go to it well, I
wouldn't stand that, Tom. Looky-here,
Tom, being rich ain't what it's cracked up to
be. It's just worry and worry, and sweat and
sweat, and a-wishing you was dead all the
time. Now these clothes suits me, and this
bar'l suits me, and I ain't ever going to
shake 'em any more. Tom, I wouldn't ever
got into all this trouble if it hadn't 'a' ben for
that money; now you just take my sheer of it
along with your'n, and gimme a ten-center
sometimes not many times, becuz I don't
give a dern for a thing 'thout it's tollable hard
to git and you go and beg off for me with the
widder."

"Oh, Huck, you know I can't do that. 'Tain't
fair; and besides if you'll try this thing just a

while longer you'll come to like it."

"Like it! Yes the way I'd like a hot stove if I
was to set on it long enough. No, Tom, I
won't be rich, and I won't live in them
cussed smothery houses. I like the woods,
and the river, and hogsheads, and I'll stick
to 'em, too. Blame it all! just as we'd got
guns, and a cave, and all just fixed to rob,
here this dern foolishness has got to come
up and spile it all!"

Tom saw his opportunity

"Lookyhere, Huck, being rich ain't going to
keep me back from turning robber."

"No! Oh, good-licks; are you in real dead-
wood earnest, Tom?"

"Just as dead earnest as I'm sitting here.
But Huck, we can't let you into the gang if
you ain't respectable, you know."

Huck's joy was quenched.

"Can't let me in, Tom? Didn't you let me go
for a pirate?"

"Yes, but that's different. A robber is more
high-toned than what a pirate is as a
general thing. In most countries they're
awful high up in the nobility dukes and such."

"Now, Tom, hain't you always ben friendly
to me? You wouldn't shet me out, would
you, Tom? You wouldn't do that, now, would
you, Tom?"

"Huck, I wouldn't want to, and I don't want to
but what would people say? Why, they'd
say, 'Mph! Tom Sawyer's Gang! pretty low
characters in it!' They'd mean you, Huck.
You wouldn't like that, and I wouldn't."

Huck was silent for some time, engaged in

-128-

a mental struggle. Finally he said:

"Well, I'll go back to the widder for a month
and tackle it and see if I can come to stand
it, if you'll let me b'long to the gang, Tom."

"All right, Huck, it's a whiz! Come along, old
chap, and I'll ask the widow to let up on you
a little, Huck."

"Will you, Tom now will you? That's good. If
she'll let up on some of the roughest things,
I'll smoke private and cuss private, and
crowd through or bust. When you going to
start the gang and turn robbers?"

"Oh, right off. We'll get the boys together and
have the initiation to-night, maybe."

"Have the which?"

"Have the initiation."

"What's that?"

"It's to swear to stand by one another, and
never tell the gang's secrets, even if you're
chopped all to flinders, and kill anybody and
all his family that hurts one of the gang."

"That's gay that's mighty gay, Tom, I tell
you."

"Well, I bet it is. And all that swearing's got to
be done at midnight, in the lonesomest,
awfulest place you can find a ha'nted house
is the best, but they're all ripped up now."

"Well, midnight's good, anyway, Tom."

"Yes, so it is. And you've got to swear on a
coffin, and sign it with blood."

"Now, that's something like! Why, it's a
million times bullier than pirating. I'll stick to
the widder till I rot, Tom; and if I git to be a

reg'lar ripper of a robber, and everybody
talking 'bout it, I reckon she'll be proud she
snaked me in out of the wet."

CONCLUSION

So endeth this chronicle. It being strictly a
history of a boy, it must stop here; the story
could not go much further without becoming
the history of a man. When one writes a
novel about grown people, he knows
exactly where to stop that is, with a
marriage; but when he writes of juveniles,
he must stop where he best can.

Most of the characters that perform in this
book still live, and are prosperous and
happy. Some day it may seem worth while
to take up the story of the younger ones
again and see what sort of men and women
they turned out to be; therefore it will be
wisest not to reveal any of that part of their
lives at present.

-129-